units
faculty-pg-bus
Faculty of Business and Economics
This unit entry is for students who completed this unit in 2015 only. For students planning to study the unit, please refer to the unit indexes in the the current edition of the Handbook. If you have any queries contact the managing faculty for your course or area of study.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Students conduct and report on a research project that addresses an important issue in business. The research is likely to have practical as well as theoretical outcomes and implications. The research project is completed under the supervision of academic staff from the Department of Accounting.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0503 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
A study of current and emerging issues in management accounting, focusing on the relationship between Management Control Systems and strategy and the increasingly important role of the management accountant in the formulation and implementation of corporate strategy. Topics include how management accounting supports decision making, the role of Management Control Systems in managing innovation and strategic change, the impact of environmental and sustainability issues, and the increasing importance of strategic data analysis. Customer, competitor, process, organisational and behavioural perspectives are examined.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 35%
Examination: 65%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFF5080, ACC4014, ACF5080, AFF4014
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
In today's business environment the accountant engages with the organisation's senior managers and contributes to strategy formulation and implementation. This unit focuses on the concepts and techniques of business strategy formulation and how management accounting information systems act as a corporate control system providing information for strategic decisions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Joanne Lye (First semester)
Professor David Smith (Second semester)
If students are enrolled in course 0503 there are no prerequisites. If students are enrolled in course 0748, 0790, 0826, 3843 or 4402 prerequisite is ACF5955 or AFX5950.
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses before undertaking this unit: 0503, 0748, 0790, 0826, 3843 or 4402.
AFF5100, ACC5100
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
This unit covers theoretical and practical issues relevant to forensic accounting and fraud examination. Forensic accounting is the application of investigative and analytical skills to resolve financial issues in a manner that meets standards required by courts of law. Fraud examination is the process used to resolve allegations of fraud through the accumulation of evidence, including the investigation of systems and internal controls, and the detection of fraud circumstances. The unit examines the investigative process as well as an array of tools and techniques used to investigate financial forensic issues and fraud. Topics include: methods and techniques used by forensic accountants to collect, analyse and report relevant information for supporting cases to be presented in court; the nature, prevention, detection and investigation of different types of fraud, including: financial statement fraud, fraud against the organisation, consumer fraud, and e-commerce fraud.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Michael De Martinis (First semester)
Professor Vic Naiker (Second semester)
It is recommended that students have passed ACX9500, ACX5950, GSB9004 or equivalent before undertaking this unit.
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses or seek the approval from the chief examiner before undertaking this unit: 0503, 3850, 3844, 4401, 0790, 0826 or 3843.
AFF5120, AFX5120, ACF5120, AFF5130
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
The focus of this unit is on the process of business valuation. Topics include capital markets issues, evaluation of industry profitability, accounting analysis including evaluation of earnings management techniques, preparation of pro-forma statements, forecasting, bankruptcy analysis, and business valuation techniques.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ACC5130, AFF5090, AFF5130
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
The extent to which accounting theories provide a basis for determining the content of external financial reports and resolving accounting controversies. The subject will provide students with the opportunity to further develop skills of analysis, evaluation and synthesis in the areas of financial accounting and reporting and in the process create an awareness of some current developments in accounting regulation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ACC5150, AFF5150
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Monash Online Teaching Period 6 2015 (Online) |
This unit introduces basic accounting principles for non-accountants. The information requirements of two main groups are examined - external users such as owners or investors; and internal users such as managers. The structure, meaning, analysis and interpretation of financial statements are explored, together with key measures of assessing financial performance. Financial issues confronting healthcare managers, such as budgeting, cost management and performance measurement are also introduced.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Ly-fie Sugianto |
Business analytics and their applications to financial and management decision making will be explored for a range of business situations including: investment; planning; cash flow management; capital budgeting; contract awards; and risk analysis. Analytics covered include: problem structuring; multiple criteria decision making; optimisation; simulation; and data mining. Upon completion of this unit, students are expected to competently use selected analytics, to provide management interpretation of the solutions and to formulate business analyst's recommendations. The unit utilises advanced computer modelling tools available in Microsoft Excel and other modelling software packages.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Denis Fehrenbacher |
The objective of this unit is to introduce students to the business aspects of integrated enterprise systems. Enterprise systems are configurable business information systems that integrate information across multiple enterprise functions and business units, support key enterprise processes, and provide an enterprise wide view of business performance. Topics include systems and technology background, business processes and process reengineering, integration of core financial and logistics processes, enterprise wide reporting, and techniques for assessing enterprise productivity and enterprise dynamics. A well-known integrated enterprise system will be extensively used in this unit.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BUS5700, FIT5101, AFX5330
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
This capstone unit requires students to synthesize, analyse, evaluate and apply prior knowledge and skills gained throughout the Master of Accounting in a manner that is designed to enhance their ability to transition to a chosen career path. The unit adopts a thematic approach that examines how external and regulatory factors, decision making processes, and stakeholder expectations interact to drive contemporary organisational success. Collectively, these three interrelated pillars of knowledge provide a comprehensive framework for those aspiring for challenging accounting and finance positions. Content is delivered in a weekly seminar format and draws upon selected case studies that cover topics including strategy, corporate governance, financial reporting and performance management. Given the integrative nature of the unit, assessment is primarily based on a combination of individual and group case study analysis.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Aldonio Ferreira (First semester)
Dr Stephen Smith (Second semester)
Students must be enrolled in course 0503 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit builds on the knowledge base acquired from earlier accounting units and is intended to provide students with an integrated understanding of the learning and experiences acquired in the course. Forming the capstone for the Master of Professional Accounting degree, students will consider managerial, public policy, ethical and sustainability implications of business decisions. Through a detailed case study, the unit draws together technical, analytical, problem solving and communication skills that assist in deriving solutions that not only consider internal and external forces, but are also in accordance with relevant accounting standards, laws and guidelines. As such, the unit also prepares students for a successful transition to the accounting profession.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 80%
Examination: 20%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Greg van Mourik |
This unit examines accounting as an information system. It will introduce students to accounting principles and reporting practices from a users perspective. The information requirements of two main groups are examined - external users such as owners, shareholders, investors, potential investors, and internal users such as managers. This unit provides students with an introduction to accounting and an understanding of the preparation, presentation and interpretation of financial statements. In particular, emphasis is placed on an understanding of various business structures including control and reporting aspects of new businesses, processes, practices and policies that enable the financial performance and financial position of an entity, as displayed by the balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows, to be measured, analysed and interpreted. Managerial accounting issues are also presented, with particular emphasis on cost management, cost behaviour, budgeting and performance measurement.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 45%
Examination: 55%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFX9003, GSB9004, MBA9004 AND students enrolled in any of the following courses are prohibited: 0790, 0826, 3843, 4402, 0503, 3850, 4401.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Red Ceglowski |
Because most accounting systems are computerised, accountants must understand software and information systems to turn data into financial information and to develop and evaluate controls. This unit builds an understanding of the way accounting information systems work so that students may use, analyse and contribute to the design of accounting information systems and subsystems. Accordingly, the unit provides students with an understanding of critical information technologies that drive information systems; core business processes that allow an organisation to operate efficiently and effectively; common documentation tools used to diagram and assess business processes and databases; and internal control concepts that can be applied to mitigate risks.
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Either ACF5950 or AFX9500
AFF2851, AFC2851, AFX9520, AFX9521, AFX9580 and ACF5958
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
This unit provides students with an introduction to accounting and an understanding of the preparation, presentation and interpretation of financial statements. In particular, emphasis is placed on accounting processes, practices and policies that enable the financial performance and financial position of an entity, as displayed by the balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows, to be measured, analysed and interpreted.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses before undertaking this unit: 1822, 0748, 0790, 0826, 4402 or 3843.
AFF9500, AFG9071, ACG5971, AFX9500
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
An overview of the Australian financial reporting and regulatory framework for reporting entities, including an analysis of the relevant significant accounting standards, benchmarking against the conceptual framework, professional reporting requirements and stock exchange requirements. Financial reporting for corporate groups (including the impact of control, joint control and significant influence) and selected issues in financial reporting are also explored and benchmarked against the conceptual framework.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Wei Lu (First semester)
Dr Karen Lai (Second semester)
If students are enrolled in course 0503 there are no prerequisites. If students are enrolled in course 0748, 0790, 0826, 3843 or 4402 the prerequisite is AFX9500 or ACF5950.
Students must be enrolled in course 0503,1822, 0748, 0790, 0826, 4402 or 3843 before undertaking this unit.
AFF9601, afg9073, AFX4601, AFX9530
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
This unit aims to develop students' understanding of the concepts and techniques of management accounting, and skills in the use of management accounting techniques to communicate decision-useful information to management. The unit content includes costing terminology, cost accumulation and recording systems, costing methods for both manufacturing and service-based organisations, how management accounting information informs key product decisions such as pricing and product mix, and the design of budget systems.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFX9500 or ACX5950
AFF9611, AFG9072, ACG5972, AFX5611, AFX9550
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
This unit is one of the final core units in the Master of Professional Accounting, and builds on knowledge and skills gained in earlier units in financial accounting. One of its primary purposes is to introduce students to theories currently being used to assist in understanding the role of financial accounting and reporting in the decision making process of both preparers and users of information. These theories include positive accounting theory, capital markets and systems theories. It also addresses how regulation might influence the production of accounting information.
The unit addresses a number of contemporary accounting topics, from both a practical and theoretical perspective. These include intangible assets, social and environmental reporting, financial instruments and foreign currency transactions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Associate Professor Michaela Rankin (First semester)
Dr Dean Hanlon (Second semester)
If students are enrolled in course 0503 there are no prerequisites. If students are enrolled in course 0748, 0790, 0826, 3843 or 4402 prerequisite is ACF5953 or AFX9530.
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses before undertaking this unit: 0503, 0748, 0790, 0826, 3843 or 4402.
AFF9631, AFG9040, ACG5940, AFX5631, AFX9560
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr SriramNagarajan (Ram) |
Topics include nature and objectives of auditing; auditing standards; audit reporting; audit expectation gap and legal liability; professional ethics and quality control; audit evidence; audit planning, strategic business risk analysis, materiality, analytical review procedures and audit risk model; study and evaluation of internal control and model; assessing control risk CIS audit techniques, test of transactions and tests of balances, completing the audit and post audit responsibilities; internal auditing and performance auditing, other assurance services and current issues in auditing.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
If students are enrolled in course 0503 there are no prerequisites. If students are enrolled in course 0748, 0790, 0826, 3843 or 4402 prerequisite is ACF5953 or AFX5930.
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses before undertaking this unit: 0503, 0748, 0790, 0826, 3843 or 4402.
AFG9041, ACG5941, AFF9621, AFX5621, AFX9570
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
The objective of this unit is two-fold. Initially the unit focuses on effective design and auditing of spreadsheet models, types and uses of models, and the benefits and limitations of models for use as decision support tools; various models are developed using an industry standard spreadsheet. Methods such as exploring data variations within financial models, optimisation models, probabilistic and forecasting models are covered; and emphasis placed on hypothesis testing, descriptive statistics, frequency and probability distributions, and simple linear regression and correlation. Having provided practical information analysis tools, the unit proceeds to the theoretical analysis of accounting information and the role technology plays in gathering, storing and managing accounting information. The unit provides an introduction to accounting information systems; business processes; enterprise systems; and internal controls.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ACF5950. There are no co-requisites for students enrolled in Master of Accounting or Master of Business (Accounting).
AFF2851, AFC2851, AFX9520, AFX9521 and GCO8019
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Abdel Halabi |
The accounting process required to prepare financial reports and the elements of these reports including assets, liabilities, equity, revenue and expenses. Students learn to classify economic transactions into appropriate accounts and calculate ratios for analysis.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFX9500, ACF5950, ACX5950, AFF9500, AFG9071
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Robyn Dyt |
Issues include the influences on the nature and objectives of corporate financial accounting, profit determination and distribution, the reorganisation of share capital, the balance sheet and income and cash flow statements, tax effect accounting, accounting for the acquisition, revaluation and impairment of assets, accounting for consolidations, including inter-company transactions and outside equity interests.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFG9071 or ACG5971
AFX4601, AFX9530, ACX5953, AFG9073, AFF9601
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Introduction to a broad range of research methodology and testing procedures used in accounting. The primary focus is on the undertaking of research. This unit comprises an analysis of the science of research, an examination of the key elements of research in accounting, data issues, ethical issues, hypothesis development, causal models, the use of parametric and non-parametric statistical tests, survey-based research and general research methodology. The unit also entails preparation of a research proposal in an area of accounting.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0181, 0171, 4416 or 0503 to undertake this unit.
AFX4000
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Students conduct a critical review of the literature relevant to their study; derive appropriate hypotheses for testing; devise an empirical test of the hypotheses showing regard to practical problems of conducting research, ethical considerations, and principles of scientific method; conduct a planned study and manage any problems arising in the data collection; select and conduct an appropriate analysis of the data; and write a report on the project, showing due regard to relevant stylistic conventions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 432 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average seven/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFX4000 or ACX4000
Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 to undertake this unit.
AFX4018
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
The objective of this unit is to provide students with a broad introduction to the contemporary themes in research into Accounting Information Systems. The unit covers issues of research and practice in the following areas: frameworks and ontologies in information systems; decision making; process modelling; behavioural aspects concerned with the design and implementation of systems; and data management issues. Upon completion of this unit, students are expected to be able to evaluate critically the design and conduct of research, and to design their own research into issues of relevance to the accounting information systems field.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 or 4416 to undertake this unit.
AFX4040
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit considers both theoretical and professional issues relevant to the various participants to the audit process. The unit provides students with an overview of the nature of assurance and regulation of the audit profession, the economics of auditing, and the behavioural dimensions of auditing. Topics also include future directions for assurance services, fraud, internal control and corporate governance issues.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 or 4416 to undertake this unit.
AFX4050
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Dean Hanlon |
This unit examines a wide range of contemporary issues in financial accounting research, including development of financial accounting theory, contracting theory and accounting policy choice (e.g., debt contracts and management compensation), corporate governance, earnings quality, information content of earnings and its components, post-earnings announcement drift and other accounting anomalies, and market reaction to accounting regulation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 or 4416 to undertake this unit.
AFX4070
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
The major theoretical foundations of the management accounting discipline including the economics (agency), psychology (behavioural, etc.) and organisational (contingency) approaches are introduced. The unit shows how these disciplines have influenced the view of managers. Management accounting is presented as a professional discipline primarily concerned with influencing and facilitating decisions, and several accounting technologies are critically assessed. This unit focuses on technologies which are useful in the short and medium term including budgeting and incentive plans as well as those that take a long-term or strategic viewpoint.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0171 or 0181 or 4416 to undertake this unit.
AFX4090
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit examines the association between financial reporting information and capital markets. Specific areas of focus include accounting-based valuation models, discussions of pricing of information risk in the context of the capital asset pricing models, expected cost of equity capital, implied cost of equity capital, cost of debt, and application of cost of capital to auditing.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Professor Vic Naiker (Semester 1)
Professor Farshid Navissi (Semester 2)
Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 or 4416 to undertake this unit.
AFX4150
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
This unit considers both theoretical and professional issues relevant to the various subdisciplines of accounting. The unit provides students with an overview of behavioural research in each of the following areas: management accounting and accounting information systems, financial accounting and auditing. Students are also provided with an appreciation of some of the issues involved in the most commonly applied research methods in behavioural accounting research.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in Bachelor of Commerce (Honours), Postgraduate Diploma in Economics and Commerce or equivalent.
AFX4190
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Accounting |
Monash Passport category | International Short Field Experience (Explore Program) |
Offered | Caulfield Summer semester A 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Wei Lu |
This unit centres on both a conceptual and practical approach to International Accounting Issues with emphasis on international standard setting and compliance as viewed by regulators and private sector preparers of accounts. Students gain a practical understanding of these issues in an international context through the overseas visitation program which forms an integral part of this unit.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be granted permission by the unit coordinator before undertaking this unit.
AFF9551
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Winter semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Winter semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Caulfield Summer semester A 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Overseas Winter semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
BEH9001
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Caulfield Summer semester A 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Overseas Winter semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
BEH9002
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Winter semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
BEH9003
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Overseas First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Winter semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
BEH9004
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit aims to develop students' understanding of qualitative research, with specific focus on qualitative research philosophy, qualitative research design and qualitative research methods. This unit explores topics such as: paradigmatic approaches to research; research design; negotiation of access to research sites/participants; researcher ethics; methods of qualitative data collection such as observation, interviews, focus groups and non-intrusive data collection; methods of data analysis; issues of qualitative research validity; and qualitative writing.
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 3169, 3845 or 4414 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jason Ng Wei Jian |
An in-depth introduction to quantitative research methods. This subject is one of two that together supply the research methodology skills and knowledge necessary for students to complete an independent research project at the honours level. It provides a comprehensive coverage of quantitative research methodologies. Topics include: survey studies/correlational field studies; forms of regression; analysis of variances; discriminant analysis; factor analysis; non-parametric statistics.
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 3169, 3845 or 4414 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Uma Devi Jogulu |
Under the guidance of an academic supervisor, this subject allows a student to independently gain in-depth discipline knowledge in a selected area of business and commerce as a foundation to the completion of an honours project. The student will complete a prescribed list of readings, undertake further independent literature studies, and complete other learning activities and assessments considered appropriate for the selected field of study.
Assessment will be through a combination of assignments, examinations, and written reports appropriate to the selected area of study and associated activities.
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 3169, 3845 or 4414 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Uma Devi Jogulu |
Under the guidance of an academic supervisor, this subject allows a student to independently gain in-depth discipline knowledge in a selected area of business and commerce as a foundation to the completion of an honours research project. The student will complete a prescribed list of readings, undertake further independent literature studies, and complete other learning activities and assessments considered appropriate for the selected field of study.
Assignments, examinations and written reports appropriate to the selected area of study and associated activities
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 3169, 3845 or 4414 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Full year 2015 (Day) South Africa Full year 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Uma Devi Jogulu |
Students work under the guidance of a supervisor to plan, carry out, and report on an original research project that addresses a significant issues in business; this research project is likely to have substantial practical outcomes or implications; as well, it is hoped that students and supervisors will publish the work in an appropriate journal.
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload equals 576 hours per semester
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 3169, 3845 or 4414 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
This unit considers the quantitative research methods used in studying business, management and organisational analysis. Topics to be covered include: research design including experimental designs studies; data collection including designing data collection instruments, sampling strategies and assessing the appropriateness of archival data for a research purpose; data analysis including graphical and numerical techniques for the exploration of large data sets; communication of quantitative research; and the use of statistical software packages such as SPSS in research.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BEX5010 and students must be enrolled in course 4408 Master of Philosophy before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Caulfield Summer semester B 2015 (Day) Caulfield Winter semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ian Walker |
This unit comprises of a community or industry based project. Students will gain skills relevant to their area of business and an increased insight into the business professions.
The learning objective of this unit is to enable the students to undertake, and reflect upon, an industry or organisational learning activity of relevance to their studies.
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be granted permission by the Course Director before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus block of classes) |
This unit provides students with an understanding of the issues underlying the conducting of rigorous and theoretically correct and practically relevant qualitative business related research. Students will be introduced to ways of using different research methods within qualitative research, such as case study research, interviewing, naturalistic observation and text analysis.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BEX5000 and Students must be enrolled in course code 4408 Master of Philosophy before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Caulfield Winter semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ian Walker |
Notes
Students must have completed at least 1 semester of full time equivalent study at Monash before undertaking this unit.
This unit is designed to provide students with the opportunity to put theory into practice in a business environment.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
The contact hours will be spent engaged in supervised industry-based learning activities as part of their placement. This includes time required to attend regular meetings on campus with their academic supervisor.
Unit coordinator permission required.
Students must be enrolled in a Master's program to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Students will prepare a research proposal in a discipline area approved by the course coordinator. Students will, with the assistance of a research mentor, select a research topic and prepare a proposal for their MPhil thesis consisting of a literature review, theory and hypothesis development, an outline of the research methods to be applied and the data requirements.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have achieved an average mark of 70 (D) in BEX5000 and BEX5010 before undertaking this unit.
Students must be enrolled in course 4408 Master of Philosophy .
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Farshid Vahid |
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Param Silvapulle |
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Gael Martin |
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (On-campus split block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Harmen Oppewal |
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Jeffrey LaFrance |
Neoclassical theories of demand, supply, and equilibrium at a level that permits rigorous analysis. Introduction to game theory. Topics include the existence theorem of utility functions, properties of demand and supply functions, existence and Pareto optimality of competitive equilibrium, and various equilibrium concepts of non-cooperative games.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course code 3194 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Bruce Preston |
Underpinnings of modern macroeconomics basic to models of growth and cyclical fluctuations as well as models of monetary and fiscal policies. Topics include neoclassical and endogenous growth theories; overlapping generations models with and without money; policy ineffectiveness issues; equilibrium business cycle as well as traditional Keynesian models of fluctuations; and models of incomplete nominal adjustment such as those of New-Keynesian and the Lucas-Supply variety.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course code 3194 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Prato Summer semester A 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Paul Kalfadellis |
European business and society is an intensive two week unit taught in Europe. One week is taught at the Monash Prato Centre in Italy and the second week incorporates presentations/lectures in organisation visits in Europe. The unit enables students to better understand the political, economic and social environment in which business operates in Europe. Specifically the unit considers the establishment and functioning of the European Union (EU) and its relationship with its member states as well as providing students with an awareness of the key debates, issues and on-going challenges facing Europe and the European Union. These challenges and their implications for business/management policy and practice in Europe, underpin the essence of this unit.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload for this unit is 288 hours per semester. This comprises of a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning (including site visits) and peer directed learning.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Birendra Rai |
Mathematical preliminaries; static optimisation theory; introduction to calculus of variations and optimal control theory; necessary and sufficient conditions; investment theory: costs of adjustment, neoclassical, Q theory; consumption theory; use of duality theory; growth models; Hamilton Jacobi theory; discrete time stochastic models; selected current applications.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor David Johnston |
Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Anmol Ratan |
Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester.
See also Unit timetable information
ECC2000, ETC2000
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Fancis In |
This unit provides students with the skills and proficiency to empirically conduct research in broad areas of finance. Students will apply their technical skills developed in other coursework units to test important research questions.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Chris Veld |
The objective of this unit is to introduce doctoral candidates to current research issues and empirical tools in asset pricing. This unit will cover theoretical and empirical papers in asset pricing and will benefit students interested in writing their thesis in the areas of investments and asset pricing.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit introduces doctoral candidates to current research issues and empirical tools in corporate finance and corporate governance. This unit will cover theoretical and empirical papers in corporate finance and corporate governance and will benefit students interested in writing their thesis in corporate finance or corporate governance.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 70% Examination: 30%
36 hours per semester of formal class contact
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit introduces doctoral candidates to the current research issues and empirical tools in the area of banking. This unit will cover theoretical and empirical papers as well as introduce students to banking related databases and the main methodology required to conduct high-level banking research.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 70% Examination: 30%
Students must be enrolled in the 0029 Doctor of Philosophy before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield Term 4 2015 (Day) Malaysia Term 4 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Ralph Kober |
The unit focuses on advanced quantitative research methods used in studying accounting, business, finance, management, marketing, and organisational analysis. Topics to be covered include analytic techniques used for experimental, quasi-experimental, and non experimental research designs. The unit focuses on topics include multivariate techniques which deal with cross-sectional, panel, and time-series data. For example, topics include various multivariate ANOVA techniques, regression procedures, discrete choice models, factor analysis, cluster analysis, structural and simultaneous equation modelling, and time-series analysis techniques. Computer sessions will provide students with the opportunity to apply their classroom learning to various business and management cases.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
36 hours per semester (split-block mode) of formal class contact.
See also Unit timetable information
BEX6300 and students must be enrolled in the 0029 Doctor of Philosophy or 3194 Master of Philosophy before undertaking this unit.
DBA6000
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield Term 2 2015 (Day) Malaysia Term 2 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Jan Brace-Govan |
The unit will provide HDR students with the requisite knowledge and skills in qualitative research methodology to enable them to design and execute a PhD research project. The unit will review and explain various qualitative research methods with the aim of critically evaluating the paradigmatic underpinnings of, for example, interpretivist, phenomenological and postmodern theories as they pertain to research design and the collection and analysis of data. Topics to be covered include data gathering techniques such as interviews, content analysis, fieldwork and observation and analysis procedures such as constant comparative analysis. The unit will also provide students with the opportunity to report findings through written and oral presentation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
36 hours per semester (split-block mode) of formal class contact.
See also Unit timetable information
BEX6300 and students must be enrolled in the 0029 Doctor of Philosophy or 3194 Master of Philosophy before undertaking this unit.
DBA6010
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield Term 3 2015 (Day) Malaysia Term 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Julie Wolfram Cox |
This unit discusses the fundamental epistemological premises on which HDR research may be developed. It explores ways of formulating research question(s) and hypotheses, and identifies assumptions and theories that are relevant in the development of a conceptual framework for research. The topics discussed will cover principles of the scientific method, key epistemological perspectives in the social sciences (e.g. positivism, interpretivism, social constructivism, hermeneutics, functionalism, critical theory) and argument analysis (e.g. avoiding fallacies in scientific reasoning, evaluating and constructing sound arguments). These discussions will clarify the theoretical and practical underpinnings of research design, inform subsequent analyses of how to select different research methods (qualitative, quantitative, mixed), and illustrate key issues associated with main argument development in a HDR thesis. Finally, the unit will examine ways of presenting a compelling theoretical and practical case for the epistemological significance of a HDR project, and examine how this approach could increase the likelihood of successful publication of research results.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
36 hours per semester (split-block mode) of formal class contact.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mervyn Silvapulle |
This unit provides an introduction to probability theory and statistical inference for graduate studies in econometrics and business statistics and related fields. It is intended to prepare research students for a range of other units in econometrics and business statistics. The first part will cover basic probability theory and the second half will be concerned with aspects of statistical inference. Some prior exposure to the topics to at least the advanced undergraduate level will be assumed. This unit is designed for PhD students who intend to write a thesis in econometrics or business statistics. It is not intended for PhD students in other disciplines who need to learn some basic quantitative techniques for the empirical section of their dissertations, although students from other departments who are interested in more advanced methods may wish to take this unit
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
36 hours per semester of formal class contact.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in either the 3194 Master of Philosophy or the 0029 Doctor of Philosophy to enrol in this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Don Poskitt |
This unit provides a rigorous treatment of core methods of econometric estimation and inference in a single and also multiple equation settings. While students are encouraged to look at every problem from several views (informal, algebraic, geometric, etc.), a large emphasis is placed on constructing formal arguments, and the importance of clear notation, definitions, assumptions and deductive arguments is emphasised. Formal lectures and references to graduate level textbooks are provided, and students are also assigned and encouraged to read some classic journal articles. This unit is designed for PhD students who intend to write a thesis in econometrics or business statistics. It is not intended for PhD students in other disciplines who need to learn some quantitative techniques for the empirical section of their dissertations, although students from other departments who are interested in more advanced methods may wish to take this unit.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
36 hours per semester of formal class contact.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Birendra Rai |
Advanced topics in microeconomics and current research and policy issues. Topics may include an in-depth study of general equilibrium, mesoeconomics, new classical economics of specialisation, transaction costs, and inframarginal analysis, principal agent models and incentive regulation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Option 1: Within semester assessment: 100%
Option 2: Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
3 hours per week
See also Unit timetable information
Students will be required to achieve a mark of at least 70% in all mandatory 6000 level course work which needs to be completed prior to confirmation.
Students must be enrolled in course 0029 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Siew-Ling Yew |
Advanced topics in macroeconomics, current research and policy issues. The topics may include an in-depth study of consumption, investment, inflation and monetary policy, unemployment, and empirical applications.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Students will be required to achieve a mark of at least 70% in all mandatory 6000 level coursework which needs to be completed prior to confirmation.
Students must be enrolled in course code 0029 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Carolyn Sutherland |
This unit provides students with the skill and proficiency to conduct HDR research in business law. The aim of the unit is to assist students to develop research capabilities in the following areas: formulating research questions for legal problems; selecting a research purpose and theoretical perspective; approaches to the literature review; developing complex arguments; organising and structuring content in a law thesis; advanced writing techniques; ethical issues that arise in legal research; and presenting and publishing research in business law. The unit will also guide students to understand and evaluate legal research perspectives and methodologies that suit different types of research problems in business law. These will include traditional doctrinal approaches; comparative legal methods; legal realist, law in action and critical legal studies perspectives; legal history and empirical legal methods.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
72 hours per semester of formal class contact, plus an additional 168 hours of private study. Also see unit timetable informationunit timetable information (http://www.monash.edu.au/timetables/).
See also Unit timetable information
Students will be required to achieve a mark of at least 70% in all mandatory 6000 level coursework units which need to be completed prior to confirmation.
Students must be enrolled in course code 0029 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Warren Gillian |
The management of risk is a multi-dimensional activity that entails a range of disciplines and thought processes to ensure that resilience is created and maintained within the firm. There needs to be an understanding by business students of the range of activities and events that can be exposed by the application of risk management techniques and processes. This unit includes detailed analysis of a series of case studies drawn from real life events that encompass the holistic nature of risk within a firm and/or society. If appropriate, they may be presented and discussed by an industry practitioner. The unit is designed to bring all facets of the specialisation together.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFF9020 or BFF5902
AFF5021
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Hans Buettner |
This unit is designed to develop the concept of risk transfer, or the insurance purchase decision, as an outcome of risk management decision-making. It discusses the concept and application of insurance and the principals underlying the insurance purchase, with emphasis on the relationship to the risk management process.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFF9020 or BFF5902
AFF5031
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
This unit evaluates and applies contemporary approaches used to analyse and price financial assets including:
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Associate Professor Cameron Truong (First semester)
Dr John Vaz (Second semester)
Students must have passed AFF9350 or BFF5935, or be enrolled in course 3818, 3850 or 4412 before undertaking this unit.
AFF5040
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Topics include history of international banking; international financial system and its major players; regulations and interaction with public policy; world debt; foreign exchange markets; lending and investment criteria; the Australian international banking sector.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Piyadasa Edirisuriya (First semester)
Dr Silvio Contessi (Second semester)
AFF5050
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
This unit aims to combine the knowledge students have achieved in their Master of Banking and Finance studies. In addition, the unit introduces a significant research component and assignment to ensure students are familiar with the scientific research method, are able to analyse research papers and understand the aim of research in contributing to theoretical concepts in finance and banking.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have completed 72 credit points.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Full year 2015 (Day) |
Under supervision, students are expected to undertake and report on an original research topic that addresses a contemporary and/or a significant issue in the field of accounting, banking and finance, insurance or risk management. Students must find a suitable supervisor, have selected an appropriate area of research and have obtained the approval of their course director before undertaking in this unit.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload equals 576 hours per semester
See also Unit timetable information
AFX4000, ACX4000 and AFX4010
AFF5180
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
This unit analyses the characteristics, uses and behaviour of financial markets. Topics include:
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0504, 2619, 3189, 3818, 3850 or 4412 to undertake this unit.
AFF5230
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr David Robinson |
This unit covers five pillars of corporate treasury management:
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0504, 2619, 3189, 3818, 3850 or 4412 to undertake this unit.
AFF5250
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit will combine classroom teaching and direct observance experience of the money markets covering background to the money markets, participants, interest rate and exchange rate determination, instruments traded in the money and currency markets, strategies and money and currency market trading operations. The simulated treasury dealing room (STARLab) will be used extensively in this course. This is a specialist, practically oriented unit where attendance is compulsory as assessment is based on classroom activities. An understanding of commercial banking and treasury management is required.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course , 0504, 2619, 3189, 3818, 3850 or 4412 to undertake this unit.
AFF5260
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
This unit focuses on funds management styles and philosophies; approaches to implementing investment strategies for funds design and decision making; practical allocation of assets across and within different markets (industries); market sector volatilities and risk management; and performance measurement. Current academic research and trends in the industry are also considered from local and global funds management perspectives.
The topics include:
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0504, 2619, 3189, 3818, 3850 or 4412 to undertake this unit.
AFF5270
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Topics include managing interest rate risk; foreign exchange risk; liquidity risk and the cash flow cycle; credit risk; capital risk; debt and investment risk and managing the risk of derivative products.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0504, 2619, 3189, 3818, 3850 or 4412 to undertake this unit.
AFF5280
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield Summer semester A 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Nick Stavrou |
This unit is intended to allow students to achieve learning and skills in advanced topics in applied derivatives and quantitative finance. This course is designed to explore topics for which the basic options and derivatives pricing prior study has already laid the foundations. It builds on existing knowledge of derivatives and asset pricing models, and seeks to evaluate and apply numeral methods in finance, continuous time finance, term structure models, the Greeks, credit derivatives, interest rate derivatives, option pricing models, exchange rate derivatives, interest rate parity and the value at risk. Asset pricing-methods are applied to the pricing of vanilla and exotic options and corporate liabilities, forwards, futures, as well as fixed income and FX derivatives.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed BFF5915 or AFF9150 AND BFF5040 or AFF5040 AND ETF9300 or ETF5930 before undertaking this unit
Students must be enrolled in course 3818, 3850 or 4412 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
This unit is intended to consolidate and apply the technical learning achieved in the core units of the Master of Applied Finance, to attain real industry experiences. This will be achieved by using a selection of targeted case studies that highlight the issues likely to be encountered in industry.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr John Watson (First semester)
Professor Jonathan Batten (Second semester)
AFF5040 or BFF5040
Student must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3818, 3850 or 4412.
AFF5300
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit will combine a theoretical, practical and case study approach to the principles surrounding project finance incorporating: the environment surrounding approaches to project finance; the market for project finance; project characteristics; risk analysis and risk management; the role of an advisor in a project finance deal; valuing the project and project cash flow analysis; financing the deal; legal aspects of project finance and; credit risk in project finance transactions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFX9540 or BFF5954
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
This unit develops knowledge and improves skills in credit risk modelling by using market information to predict defaulted firms. The topics discussed will provide an understanding of their relative merits, the issues involved in their implementation and their use in the pricing and risk management of credit risk. This unit assists practitioners and students alike to understand better the use of credit risk models and moves them away from the proverbial Black Box scenario.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 3818, 4412 or 3850 to undertake this unit.
AFF5380
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Andrew Child |
This unit provides advanced skills in financial planning, construction of a plan, and review of the plan. Coverage includes: preparation of various financial planning documents including the Financial Services Guide, Privacy Statement and Statement of Advice; aspects of the client relationship; gathering data and identifying goals, objectives and financial issues; assessing strategies, preparing recommendations, and writing the Statement of Advice; implementing the plan; reviewing, updating and maintaining the plan.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFF9130 or BFF5913
AFF5390
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Roger Love |
This unit has an enrolment quota of 40.
This unit examines the concept of mergers and acquisitions from two perspectives - the relevant areas of finance and the basic taxation, accounting and legal issues. The aim is to provide students with a practical understanding of this major corporate strategy. The finance issues will involve an examination of basic theory and empirical findings associated with mergers and acquisitions, the valuation of firms under a range of techniques, the structuring of bids from a financing perspective and defensive strategies. The taxation, accounting and legal issues include a review of the taxation effects from the position of both the bidder and the target's shareholders, the legal responsibilities of the Board and senior management of both target and bidder companies, the role of the Takeover Panel in relation to both defensive and negotiating strategies, the use of independent experts, the application of the Trade Practices Act and the effect of the accounting asset impairment tests.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Student must be enrolled in course 3818, 4412 or 3850, or by permission of the Chief Examiner.
AFF5580
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Gujji Muthuswamy |
This unit provides an introduction to the business, regulatory and economic perspectives of climate change mitigation. It investigates how market and regulatory initiatives to mitigate greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions by carbon pricing mechanisms can be managed by liable businesses and other stakeholders, by examining the following:
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFF9012
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Warren Gillian |
This unit is designed to introduce the concept of risk as a business philosophy and to introduce students to the Australian Risk Management Standard, AS/NZS/ISO31000:2009. It will look at the evolution of risk, the requirements for risk management, the risk management process and steps, and the application of risk management.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFF9020
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
The unit develops an understanding of planning; financing; investing and financial management aspects of new businesses. In addition, it introduces the participant to statutory reporting issues prescribed by regulators. New ventures have special financial characteristics requiring a different approach to financing. Managers need to understand the real enterprise value that is being created so as to provide the intended returns for the resources and risk involved. This unit will address the knowledge and basic skills required by leaders for the financial management of a science and technology business to support strategic management goals.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
GSB9004 or AFX9003 or ACX5903 or ACX9003
AFX9004
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Summer semester A 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Andrew Child |
This unit provides an introduction to financial planning. Coverage includes: the legislative and economic environment; the role of financial service advisers; licensing and disclosure; investment strategies, products, and related taxation implications, with particular reference to securities and managed investments; social security; superannuation, pensions and other retirement issues; estate planning; and the financial planning process.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) |
Topics include the credit risk assessment process; accounting fundamentals; reading financial statements (including ratio analysis); using budgeted financial statements (including breakeven analysis, what-if analysis and variance analysis); creative accounting; technical accounting update; business structures; current issues in insolvency and loan security.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFF9140
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Malaysia First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
This unit examines how options and futures can be used for hedging risk in the process of risk management. Several aspects of risk management are examined, including the reasons why investors indulge in this activity, how value is created via risk management, and the firm-wide approach to risk management (given that any firm is exposed to a wide variety of risks). Once the importance of risk management has been established, emphasis turns to the use of derivatives (futures and options) to manage risk. To understand how they are used to manage risk, the unit also considers the characteristics and pricing of these instruments, including some exotic versions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Binh Do (First semester)
Dr Andrew Sanford (Second semester)
Only students enrolled in one of the following courses may undertake this unit:
0028, 0396, 0503, 0504, 0790, 0826, 1445, 1499, 1679, 2098, 2619, 3174, 3176, 3177, 3179, 3189, 3818, 3822, 3843, 3844, 3848, 3850 or 4412.
AFF5290, AFF3751, BFF3751, AFF9150
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Topics include the latest international banking regulatory concerns, geographic focus of banking in Europe, Asia and less developed economies; the European monetary system; Euromarkets; trade finance and trade facilitation agencies; country risk analysis.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFF9160
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Topics include review of foundations of finance; financial mathematics and pricing of financial instruments; valuation and the management of long term investment and financial leverage; and theory of capital structure and dividend policy.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Zoltan Murglov (First semester)
Dr Hannah Nguyen (Second semester)
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 0028, 0396, 0503, 0504, 1445, 1499, 2098, 2619, 3174, 3176, 3177, 3179, 3189, 3822, 3844 or 3848.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Topics include development of money and financial markets and financial flows analysis; intermediation; economic role of the different financial institutions; determination of interest rates and yield curve analysis in financial markets; exchange rates and money supply; sources of short-term, medium-term and long-term finance; sources of overseas borrowing; an introduction to interest rate and exchange rate management; performance of the financial system.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Professor Michael Skully (First Semester)
Dr Zoltan Murglov (Second Semester)
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit:
0028, 0396, 0503, 0504, 0790, 0826, 1445, 1499, 1822, 2098, 2619, 3174, 3176, 3177, 3179, 3189, 3822, 3843, 3844 or 3848.
AFF9260
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Topics include investment markets and investment strategies; measuring investment return and risk; capital asset pricing model; arbitrage pricing theory; taxation; shares and share analysis; valuation; financial futures markets; real estate; portfolio management; asset allocation; monitoring.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Professor Francis In (First semester)
Dr Daniel Chai (Second semester)
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 0396, 0503, 0504, 0790, 0826, 1445, 1499, 1679, 1822, 2098, 2619, 3174, 3176, 3177, 3179, 3822, 3843, 3844, 3848, 4401 or 4402.
AFF9350
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
This unit covers corporate finance concepts and theories at an introductory level. Students will be expected to be able to master basic calculations involving share and bond valuations, NPV and IRR, company cost of capital, etc. and to use them in determining whether investment projects should proceed as well as the value of companies. They will also expected to be able to interpret the results and to discuss basic issues and theories appropriate to an introductory level unit.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in 0503 or have passed ETF5900.
AFF9250, BFF5925, AFF9641, AFG9044, BFG5944, AFX9641, AFX9540
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit provides an introduction to terminology, concepts and techniques used in accounting and finance. Important areas to be discussed include understanding financial statements, basic analysis of financial statements, working capital management, the framework of capital budgeting, and time value of money. International issues in accounting will also be examined. The emphasis will be on decision making and value creation in a global environment.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in 2098 or 4411 to enrol in this unit.
AFX9590 and BFM5959
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Topics include working capital management, capital budgeting and funding decisions (capital structure and cost of capital) incorporating the identification of foreign exchange risks and their management as well as their financial reporting implications.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFF9160, BFF5916, AFF9730
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jason Choo |
This unit considers characteristics of property investment, valuation of real estate assets, real estate market analysis, the demand and supply of built space, property cycles and the economy, measurement of risk and return, indices and pricing models, the use of leverage and taxation, the analysis of commercial leases, the role of property in mixed asset portfolios, listed and unlisted property trusts, mortgage funds and the use of real options.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3818, 3850 or 4412.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Tony Cusack |
Topics include the evaluation of risk; financing tools; retention and transfer; insurance; non insurance; pre and post loss funding; retention and self insurance decisions; insurance and reinsurance principles and practices for the corporate buyer; deductible selection models; management and administration of losses and insurance claims; institutional factors, accounting factors, including taxation and government incentives; captive insurance companies; international considerations; financial transfer by contract.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFF9770
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
This unit provides an introduction to terminology, concepts and techniques used in accounting and finance. Important areas to be discussed include understanding financial statements, basic analysis of financial statements, working capital management, the framework of capital budgeting, and time value of money. International issues in accounting will also be examined. The emphasis will be on decision making and value creation in a global environment.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in 2098 Master of International Business.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Term 4 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
This unit provides an introduction to terminology, concepts and techniques used in accounting and finance. Important areas to be discussed include understanding financial statements, basic analysis of financial statements, working capital management, the framework of capital budgeting, and time value of money. International issues in accounting will also be examined. The emphasis will be on decision making and value creation in a global environment.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Students will be introduced to research methodologies used in finance and will prepare a research proposal. The primary focus is on understanding the process of scientific research, which includes topic identification, literature review, hypothesis development, data requirements and appropriate empirical methodologies.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 75%
Examination: 25%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 or 4416 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Students conduct a critical review of the literature relevant to their study; derive appropriate hypotheses for testing; devise an empirical test of the hypotheses showing regard to practical problems of conducting research, ethical considerations, and principles of scientific method; conduct a planned study and manage any problems arising in the data collection; select and conduct an appropriate analysis of the data; and write a report on the project, showing due regard to relevant stylistic conventions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 432 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average seven/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit has two key components. The first half covers aspects of theoretical and empirical financial modelling, including modelling the stock price behaviour, consumption-based asset pricing models, multifactor models, two beta, ICAPM, intertemporal asset pricing models, mean-variance frontier and beta representations, bayesian alphas and mutual fund persistence, a bayesian and bootstrap analysis, performance measures of the hedge fund returns. The second half covers technical skills in building Excel models to solve problems in Finance. The aim is to bridge the gap between financial theory and practice. To achieve this, students will learn modelling skills in Excel and be introduced to VBA programming concepts and techniques.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0181, 0171 or 4416 to undertake this unit.
AFX4030
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
The objective of this course is to develop critical economic reasoning and understanding of important empirical regularities in corporate finance. This unit builds on introductory corporate finance studies and analyses a variety of issues by introducing a study of recent empirical literature. There is a strong focus on research with a selective and critical examination of theoretical and empirical research in corporate finance. The advanced topics covered include market efficiency and event studies, security offerings, corporate takeovers, and capital structure, dividend policy, corporate governance and financial tunnelling.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0181, 0171 or 4416 to undertake this unit.
AFX4060
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit draws on the academic literature to provide a study of a range of topics relating to banking and finance. It presents a basis for students intending to undertake research into banking and related finance questions. Topics covered include theory of financial intermediation, risk management, efficiency assessment, competition modelling and bank regulation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0181, 0171 or 4416 to undertake this unit.
AFX4080
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit provides students with an advanced applied perspective to a broad range of research methodology and testing procedures used in accounting and finance research. Students who have completed this unit should, at an advanced level, be able to collect qualitative and quantitative data using a variety of research techniques; to apply advanced statistical techniques to the analysis of quantitative data; to design non-probability and probability samples; to deal with advanced issues in cross-sectional, panel and time series data and to conduct research ethically.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
AFX4000 or ACX4000
AFX4110
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit will examine empirical research in asset pricing and investments. It will develop students knowledge and ability to apply empirical techniques to conduct research in asset pricing and investments.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) to undertake this unit.
AFX4120
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Students will be introduced to research methodologies used in finance and will prepare a research proposal. The primary focus is on understanding the process of scientific research, which includes topic identification, literature review, hypothesis development, data requirements and appropriate empirical methodologies.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 75%
Examination: 25%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 3818 OR 4412 and have the permission of the Course Coordinator (or delegate) to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Students conduct a critical review of the literature relevant to their study; derive appropriate hypotheses for testing; devise an empirical test of the hypotheses showing regard to practical problems of conducting research, ethical considerations, and principles of scientific method; conduct a planned study and manage any problems arising in the data collection; select and conduct an appropriate analysis of the data; and write a report on the project, showing due regard to relevant stylistic conventions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 432 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average seven/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 3818 OR 4412 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Monash Passport category | International Short Field Experience (Explore Program) |
Offered | Caulfield Summer semester A 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
The unit is designed to impart an understanding and appreciation of the current issues underlying the International area of finance, and to develop a practical understanding of the markets and the financial techniques used within the markets. To encourage research techniques for a specialised topic within the financial markets area. To develop a practical understanding and appreciation of cultural differences within the area of international banking and finance through an overseas visitation program.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be granted permission by the unit coordinator before undertaking this unit.
AFX5860
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Banking and Finance |
Offered | Suzhou First semester 2015 (Day) |
This unit provides an introduction to terminology, concepts and techniques used in accounting and finance. Important areas to be discussed include understanding financial statements, basic analysis of financial statements, working capital management, the framework of capital budgeting, and time value of money. International issues in accounting will also be examined. The emphasis will be on decision making and value creation in a global environment.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Abe Herzberg (First semester); Dr Phillip Lipton (Second semester) |
This unit provides students with an appreciation of best corporate governance practices from a global perspective. It considers the reasons for the interest in corporate governance and compares and contrasts the various international corporate governance systems and best practice models; roles and functions of the board of directors, board committees and the board's relationship with management are explored from both a legal and management perspective; empirical studies of the relationship between corporate governance and corporate performance, and the role and legal duties of directors in takeover and insolvency contexts. Corporate governance issues in Asia are also analysed.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGX5320, BTX5000
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Alice de Jonge |
Trade and investment regimes affecting enterprises operating in the Asian region. International and regional trade conventions. Business and investment laws of selected Asian nations. Topics covered include national development planning; the political context of international trade and investment; import/export regulation; foreign investment regimes, corporate governance, prudential regulation in East Asia and dispute resolution.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTX5050
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) |
The unit aims to develop knowledge and skills, and an understanding of the relationship between the common law, statute law and awards and agreements. In this regard, the unit introduces students to the central tenets of the contract of employment including the formation of the contract, breach of contract and wrongful dismissal, confidentiality, restrictive covenants, employee/independent contractor issues and discrimination law.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (take-home): 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTG9241, BTX9060
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Alice De Jonge |
The unit examines the principles of international law governing the legal relations between international states or other international legal persons. To this end a study will be made of the sources of international law and the relationship of international and municipal law. Specifically, the course will outline the principles relating to territory, personality, state responsibility, recognition, jurisdiction, air, space and sea law, dispute settlement and the law of treaties.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTX5130
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Paul Sugden |
The unit aims to develop an understanding of the legal and administrative framework governing the regulation of competition and consumer protection, including the operations of the Regulator. The unit also aims to develop an understanding of industrial property law (patents, copyright, designs and trade marks), particularly an ability to recognise and make the choices that confront commercial entities when implementing an effective industrial property policy. Finally, the unit aims to develop an understanding of the manner in which domestic regulation forms part of international regulation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Seminar presentation and paper (1500 words): 15%
Research paper (4000 words): 35%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTF9150, BTX9150, BTX9890,
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield Summer semester B 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor John Gillespie |
The unit will introduce students to the theories about the globalization of law. Using a series of cases studies it aims to show how global laws are adopted and reinterpreted in key domestic legal systems in Asia. The unit will also demonstrate the local constraints on the globalization of law and offer reasons why legal and regulatory systems in Asian are not necessarily converging with those in the West.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within Semester Assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Chenxia Shi |
This unit provides a detailed study of the theoretical perspectives of business law and regulation in China. Some of the specific topics of the unit include business organizations in China, company law, securities law, fund management law, contract law, copyright law, and bankruptcy law. This unit will provide students with broad policy perspectives on these topics in a nutshell and practical guidance on compliance issues concerning Chinese business law and regulation when doing business in China.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Andrew Serpell |
A study of some of the laws regulating securities and financial markets from the policy perspective of what they are trying to achieve. The unit opens with the economic, legal and constitutional framework. Topics include the role of the market regulator; what is a 'security'; aspects of securities regulation legislation; relevant trade practices law; licensing; computerisation and internationalisation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTX4180, BTX5180
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ken Devos |
The Workplace and Investment Taxation Unit introduces students to CGT and GST issues, which flow from making investments. It provides students with a thorough analysis of the main types of entity structures from an investment perspective. Specific topics include: the taxation of partnerships, trusts, companies and shareholders. The unit covers the most common taxation issues faced by employees, contractors and employers in the workplace. Also covered are tax administration, employee/contractor distinction, the Personal Services Income (PSI) regime, salary packaging, superannuation and employee share schemes (ESS).
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTF4230, BTF5230, BTF4240, BTF5240
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Nicola Charwat |
This unit will explore regional trade governance, with a special focus on the Asia, Asia-Pacific and Australasian regions. Topics addressed in the unit include; what is regional trade governance; regional dispute settlement; how are regional trade agreements made, who by and for whose benefit; the relationship between regional trade agreements and the global/multilateral regime; the extent to which regional trade governance impacts on the internal politics and law of participating nation states; whether regional trade governance manages the interface between trade and social goals effectively, for example, should regional trade agreements include provisions to actively promote developmental, environmental, health and other public interest goals.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Phillip Lipton |
This unit provides students with an understanding of the general law of corporations within the Australian regulatory context. The focus of this unit is on the nature of a corporation and its governance structure as a means of carrying out business. The unit examines the role of the corporation in society, its relationship to shareholders, creditors, the regulator and the community and includes topics which address the concept of limited liability, director's duties, shareholder remedies and corporate insolvency.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTF5903 unless enrolled in course 0503.
BTG9220, BTX9020, BTF5950
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Christopher Arup (First semester); Professor Vincenzo Morabito (Second semester) |
This unit requires students to formulate a research topic on a business law related area of study and complete an approximately 8,000 word research project. Seminars will be conducted at which students will present progress and final reports on their research projects. The seminars will also include practical research and academic skills sessions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Research project (8,000 words): 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Professor Christopher Arup (First semester)
Professor Vincenzo Morabito (Second semester)
It is recommended that this unit be undertaken in the last semester of study for the Master of Business Law.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Samantha Taylor |
The unit aims to develop knowledge and skills relating to the legal principles which underpin contemporary human resource management issues. It includes consideration of such matters as recruitment and selection, contract of employment issues, performance appraisal, equal opportunity and anti-discrimination, termination of employment, remuneration, rewards and employee benefits, employee health and safety and related HRM issues. The unit takes a practical approach to these matters and focuses specifically on practical case studies and decisions of the Courts and Tribunals.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTF9841, BTX9841, BTX5841
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield Winter semester 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Jonathan Teoh |
An introduction to the Chinese taxation system. Topics include: the legal framework and governing authorities; Turnover Tax (Value Added Tax and Excise Tax); Business Tax, Enterprise Income Tax; and Individual Income Tax and tax incentives.
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Full year 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Nicola Charwat |
Under supervision students are expected to undertake and report on an original research project that addresses a significant issue (or issues) in business law; this research proposal is likely to have substantial practical outcomes or implications; as well, it is hoped that students and supervisors will publish the work in an appropriate peer-refereed journal.
Research dissertation (12,000 - 15,000 words): 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MBL program
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Tabatha Pettitt |
This unit examines business law in practice, including:
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTG9270, BTX5950, BTX9020, MBA9002, BTX5140, BTX9030
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Wayne Gumley |
This unit assists students to understand the regulatory framework supporting a transition to ecologically sustainable development in Australia, including an introduction to the Australian legal system and the role of international law, key principles of common law and relevant statutory schemes for protection of biodiversity, and regulation of pollution, urban and regional planning, environmental impact assessment and regulatory responses to climate change.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTX9100
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Mathews Thomas (First semester); Dr Jadranka Petrovic (Second semester) |
Topics include law of international trade, including rights and duties in international sales transactions; legal regimes governing contracts for carriage of goods internationally; distribution agreements; legal aspects of financing international trade; shipping documents, documentary collections and letters of credit; marine and aviation insurance; international dispute resolution.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Mr Mathews Thomas (First semester)
Dr Jadranka Petrovic (Second semester)
BTX5190, LAW7028, LAW7209, BTX9190
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Gerald Williams |
This unit provides an introduction to the important areas of business law and corporations law. The topics include contract law, negligence, trade practices legislation, agency, characteristics of a company, directors' duties, share capital, members' remedies and corporate insolvency.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 0748, 0790, 0826, 1822, 3843, 3849, 4402, 3174.
BTX9020, BTX9541, MBA9002, BTX9500
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Wayne Gumley (First semester); Mr Toan Le(Second semester) |
The unit covers the concepts of income taxation and the taxation of capital gains in their underlying historical, social and constitutional contexts. It includes discussion and learning of the policy and constitutional matrices of taxation, the legal definition of income, taxation of income from personal services and business, taxation of fringe benefits, indirect taxation of goods and services, taxation of capital gains, taxation of companies and allowable deductions from gross income in personal and business contexts.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Mr Wayne Gumley (First semester)
Mr Toan Le (Second semester)
BTG9270 and BTX9651
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Evening) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Loganathan Krishnan |
Topics cover both public and private international trade law, including the WTO and dispute settlement within its framework; rights and duties in international sales transactions; legal regimes governing contracts for carriage of goods internationally and the rights and duties arising there under; legal aspects of financing international trade through documentary collections and letters of credit; marine insurance; and international dispute resolution.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Sarah-Lynn Tennant |
Topics cover both public and private international trade law, including the WTO and dispute settlement within its framework; rights and duties in international sales transactions; legal regimes governing contracts for carriage of goods internationally and the rights and duties arising there under; legal aspects of financing international trade through documentary collections and letters of credit; marine insurance; and international dispute resolution.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerstin Steiner |
Under the guidance of an academic supervisor, this unit allows a student independently to gain in-depth discipline knowledge in a selected area of business law and/or taxation as a foundation for the completion of an honours project. The student will complete a prescribed list of readings, undertake further independent literature studies, and complete other learning activities and assessments considered appropriate for the selected field of study.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within Semester Assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
On campus only
Students must be enrolled in Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerstin Steiner |
This unit discusses the fundamental theoretical premises that can frame legal and regulatory research. It explores ways of formulating research question(s) and hypotheses, and identifies assumptions and theories that are relevant in the development of a conceptual framework for research. The topics discussed will cover principles of legal and social scientific methods, such as relational theory, comparative law, regulatory theory, social constructivism, systems theory and critical legal theory). Stress will be placed on developing argument analysis (e.g. avoiding fallacies in reasoning, evaluating and constructing sound arguments). These discussions will clarify the theoretical and practical underpinnings of research design, inform subsequent analyses of how to select different research methods (qualitative, quantitative, mixed), and illustrate key issues associated with the main arguments development in research work. The unit will also examine ways of presenting a compelling theoretical and practical case for legal and regulatory research. Finally, students will prepare a research proposal and report.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course BBus(Hons) (Taxation) to undertake this unit
BTF4900
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Christopher Arup (First semester); Ms Anne O'Rourke (Second semester) |
The unit aims to develop knowledge and skills, and an understanding of the relationship between the common law, statute law and awards and agreements. In this regard, the unit introduces students to the central tenets of the contract of employment including the formation of the contract, breach of contract and wrongful dismissal, confidentiality, restrictive covenants, employee/independent contractor issues and discrimination law.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (take-home): 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Professor Christopher Arup (First semester)
Ms Anne O'Rourke (Second semester)
BTX9060, BTG9241
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Mark Bender |
The unit aims to develop an understanding of the legal frameworks regulating marketing activities, including competition law, the regulation of marketing communication, channel strategies and the fundamentals of intellectual property principles.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTX9150
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor John Gillespie |
The unit will introduce students to the theories about the globalization of law. Using a series of cases studies it aims to show how global laws are adopted and reinterpreted in key domestic legal systems in Asia. The unit will also demonstrate the local constraints on the globalization of law and offer reasons why legal and regulatory systems in Asian are not necessarily converging with those in the West.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within Semester Assessment: 60%
Examination (take home): 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Chenxia Shi |
This unit provides a detailed study of the theoretical perspectives of business law and regulation in China. Some of the specific topics of the unit include business organizations in China, company law, securities law, fund management law, contract law, copyright law, and bankruptcy law. This unit will provide students with broad policy perspectives on these topics in a nutshell and practical guidance on compliance issues concerning Chinese business law and regulation when doing business in China.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Abdul Majid |
This unit analyses current international issues impacting employment law and the challenges faced by businesses with a global workforce. With a comparative focus on Malaysia, these include expatriate employment contracts; restrictive covenants; implementation of global codes of conduct via corporate social responsibility initiatives; reorganization of business and redundancy; outsourcing; performance management and alternative dispute resolution options for workplace issues. Examples from various jurisdictions and international organizations will be used to facilitate an appreciation of the tensions between nation State dynamics and international norms.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTX9190
BTG9241, BTX5060 and BTX9060
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Chris ArupProfessor Vince Morabito (Second semester) |
This unit requires students to formulate a research topic on a business law related area of study and complete an approximately 8,000 word research project. Seminars will be conducted at which students will present progress and final reports on their research projects. The seminars will also include practical research and academic skills sessions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Research project (8,000 words): 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Professor Chris Arup (First semester)
Professor Vince Morabito (Second semester)
It is recommended that this unit be undertaken in the last semester of study for the Master of Business Law.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Business Law and Taxation |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Carolyn Sutherland |
The unit aims to develop knowledge and skills relating to the legal principles which underpin contemporary human resource management issues. It includes consideration of such matters as recruitment and selection, contract of employment issues, performance appraisal, equal opportunity and anti-discrimination, termination of employment, remuneration, rewards and employee benefits, employee health and safety and related HRM issues. The unit takes a practical approach to these matters and focuses specifically on practical case studies and decisions of the Courts and Tribunals.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (take-home): 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
BTX9841
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Gary Magee |
This unit will introduce students to the field of long-run economic growth and performance. Two key questions are addressed: why do certain economies persistently perform more successfully than others, and how is leadership in the global economy achieved and maintained? Students completing this unit will be able to explain and describe the pattern of long-term economic growth, leadership and decline in the world economy since the industrial revolution; evaluate the role of culture, institutions and the environment in economic change; and apply the methods of historical economics to contemporary economic debates.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Hee-Seung Yang |
Topics include consumer preference theory; choice; demand; technology; profit maximisation and duality; competitive general equilibrium in the context of decreasing, increasing and constant returns; two-part tariffs; expected utility; adverse selection; and moral hazard.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECX5465
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Solmaz Moslehi |
Contemporary macroeconomics and recent policy debates, including market clearing and long-run equilibrium; classical dichotomy; money in the global economy; aggregate demand and price rigidity, microfoundations of macroeconomics, disequilibrium models; stock-flow interactions; wealth effects; rational expectations; policy ineffectiveness and Ricardian equivalence; money and credit; exchange rate regimes; new Keynesian macroeconomics; comovements of macro variables and macroeconomic forecasting.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECX5466
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Pushkar Maitra |
Characteristics and experience of developing countries; theories of economic growth and development; domestic and external sources of financial and human resources for development; the roles of international trade, investment, technology manufacturing and government in the development process.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Christis Tombazos |
Topics include the gains and costs of trading internationally; static and dynamic welfare effects of protection; the political economy of international trade policy; optimum policies in the presence of market power, uncertainty, and other market imperfections; trade policy instruments; strategies for trade liberalisation including regional trade agreements.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Gennadi Kazakevitch |
Outline of the Australian and overseas approaches to competition policy; the economic background to the Competition and Consumer Act; market definition issues; evaluation of restrictive trade practices and mergers or alliances; structural reform of industries, access and monopoly regulation.
The learning objectives of this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mike White |
Topics include Keynes' aggregate demand and supply analysis and critique of automatic adjustment in the economy; the significance of an endogenous money supply for inflation; credit, speculation and financial instability; the national saving debate; investment and income distribution; the Phillips Curve and hysteresis.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Russell Smyth |
The unit applies the method of economics to the analysis of the law itself - to the structure of the common law, legal processes, legal institutions and statutory regulation, and to the impact of law on the behaviour of individuals and groups and the functioning of the economy. Topics include: is there a role for law and economics in studying the law, economics of crime and capital punishment, punitive damages, interest group theories of judicial independence and the determinants of judicial influence and prestige.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Professor Peter Forsyth (First semester)
Professor Russell Smyth (Second semester)
Students must be enrolled in course code 0181, 0024 or 0171 to undertake this unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor He-Ling Shi |
Theories of hedging and speculation; determination of spot and futures prices, and intertemporal allocation; market efficiency; expectations, including adaptive expectations and rational expectations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECC4650 or ECX5465
ECC5475, ECX5475
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Paulo Santos |
Topics include development and application of microeconomic theory for the economic evaluation of (public) sector investment projects and policies; investment analysis and criteria, discounting techniques; Pareto potential improvement criterion, shadow pricing, social discount rates, distribution issues, secondary benefits, risk and uncertainty, cost-effectiveness.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECC4650 or equivalent
ECC5479, ECX5479
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Vai-Lam Mui |
Models of decision making in the collective setting, utilising a number of tools, some of which will be familiar microeconomic ones. Economic approaches to collective decision environments, including 'new welfare economics', the 'Chicago' and 'Virginia' schools. Whenever possible, Australian policies will be examined in light of theory.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | To be advised |
A study of theories in welfare economics, including conditions for Pareto optimality, welfare criteria, social choice, consumer surpluses, second versus third best, externalities and public goods as well as problems of applying these theories to such areas as public utility pricing, optimal taxation, road congestion, environmental protection, and public spending.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
To be advised
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Dyuti Banerjee |
Theories of the firm, contract, property rights structure, market structure, hierarchy, bargaining, principal-agent relationship, research and development, advertising, and entry, exit, and pricing strategy. The equilibrium implications of the internal organisation of a firm and the organisational structure of the market in relation to strategic interactions between agents, information problems and related incentive mechanisms. Basic game theory and concepts of game equilibrium applied to the analysis of opportunistic behaviour and related transactions costs.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECC5484, ECX5484
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Liang Choon Wang |
Students select a preferred topic on which to conduct original research after consulting with the coordinator and supervisors. During the year students participate in research workshops, propose the research plan in written and oral form, conduct research, give a final presentation of the research findings, act as a formal discussant on another student research paper, submit their own final research paper, and are expected to engage in discussion of other students' presentations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to fourth year honours, Graduate Diploma in Economics or preliminary masters in the Departments of Economics, Econometrics or Accounting and Finance
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Jeff Richardson and Ms Jenny Watts |
A survey of theoretical issues in the economics of health systems and the major health policy issues confronting Australia. Emphasis is given to theories which differ from economic orthodoxy. Topics include market characteristics; market failure and regulation; equity and issues of social justice; demand analysis and human capital; the production of health and health care; theories of price formation; hospital models and hospital payment; optimal health insurance; and alternatives to Medicare.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Anthony Harris |
Principles and techniques used in the economic evaluation of health services. Topics include effectiveness, efficiency and economic evaluation; cost benefit analysis; cost effectiveness and cost utility analysis; multi-attribute utility analysis; measuring utility; psychometric measurement theory; ethical issues in resource allocation; decision criteria; time discounting; costing.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Gennadi Kazakevitch |
Outline of the Australian and overseas approaches to competition policy; the economic background to the Trade Practices Act; market definition issues; evaluation of restrictive trade practices and mergers or alliances; structural reform of industries, access and monopoly regulation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor He-Ling Shi |
Theories of hedging and speculation; determination of spot and futures prices, and intertemporal allocation; market efficiency; expectations, including adaptive expectations and rational expectations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECC4750, ECX5475
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Paulo Santos |
Topics include development and application of microeconomic theory for the economic evaluation of (public) sector investment projects and policies; investment analysis and criteria, discounting techniques; Pareto potential improvement criterion, shadow pricing, social discount rates, distribution issues, secondary benefits, risk and uncertainty, cost-effectiveness.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECC4790, ECX5479
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Dyuti Banerjee |
Theories of the firm, contract, property rights structure, market structure, hierarchy, bargaining, principal-agent relationship, research and development, advertising, and entry, exit, and pricing strategy. The equilibrium implications of the internal organisation of a firm and the organisational structure of the market in relation to strategic interactions between agents, information problems and related incentive mechanisms. Basic game theory and concepts of game equilibrium applied to the analysis of opportunistic behaviour and related transactions costs.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECC4840, ECX5484
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Jeffrey LaFrance |
The unit aims to introduce students to the building blocks of microeconomics. It will start with individual choice theory where the focus will be to explain the mathematical structure of the different types of objects of choice that are conceived by economists to model individual behaviour across a variety of contexts. This will be followed by an exhaustive discussion of how and when preferences over a set of objects can be represented using a real-valued utility function. The basic concepts and results in social choice theory, cooperative and non-cooperative game theory, and mechanism design will also be covered. The unit will highlight the important role of axiomatization, optimization, and strategic reasoning in microeconomics.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course code 3194 or 4427 to undertake this unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
This unit will cover advanced topics in microeconomics and current research and policy issues. Topics may include an in-depth study of general equilibrium, mesoeconomics, new classical economics of specialisation, transaction costs, and inframarginal analysis, principal agent models and incentive regulation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within-semester research paper: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Horag Choi |
Underpinnings of modern macroeconomics basic to models of growth and cyclical fluctuations as well as models of monetary and fiscal policies. Topics include neoclassical and endogenous growth theories; overlapping generations models with and without money; policy ineffectiveness issues; equilibrium business cycle as well as traditional Keynesian models of fluctuations; and models of incomplete nominal adjustment such as those of New-Keynesian and the Lucas-Supply variety.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course code 3194 or 4427 to undertake this unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Pushkar Maitra |
Evaluation of the neoclassical trade model and its extensions; foreign direct investment, capital flows and technology transfer; alternative explanations of comparative advantage including increasing returns and imperfect competition; geography and trade; new growth models; micro- and macroeconomic reform, structural change and factor mobility; institutions, transaction costs and rent seeking; theories of the state; the political economy of liberalisation and stabilisation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor John Madden |
The unit is a sequel to ECC3650. Students continue to develop essential AGE modelling skills in areas of theory, data, computing and application. Whereas the emphasis in ECC3650 is on comparative static analysis, this subject deals with dynamics, including the specification of capital accumulation and technological change. Forecasting applications of AGE models are emphasised.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 20%
Examination: 80%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
This graduate seminar unit is compulsory for PhD candidates and Master of Economics candidates in the Department of Economics. It is a non-weighted unit and is taken in addition to any prescribed coursework. Students will be assessed on the basis of attendance, participation and presentation. PhD candidates are required to present two seminars, Master of Economics candidates are expected to present one seminar. Seminar presentations must be made prior to submission of a candidate's research paper or thesis.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Vai-Lam Mui |
Topics in the theory of public goods including optimum conditions analysis; market failure and problems of political decision-making in relation to the supply of pure and impure public goods; separation of equity and efficiency aspects; possible applications to such issues as income redistribution, merit wants, pollution control and multi-level government.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course code 3194 or 4427 to undertake this unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Nick Feltovich |
This unit provides students with training in information economics and applied game theory. Discussion of key concepts in game theory; the nature of different kinds of information asymmetries (whether the informed party has private knowledge about certain events, whether he/she can undertake actions unobservable to others); and economic implications. Explore how different incentive mechanisms (signalling by the informed party and screening by the uninformed party) can be used to mitigate the impact of asymmetric information.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Birendra Rai |
This unit will primarily focus on explaining the structure of mathematics used in economics. It will start with an introduction to axiomatic set theory and highlight that almost all mathematical concepts of interest to economists can be thought of assets or subsets of suitably defined sets. The three main mathematical structured sets to be covered will be sets with an order structure, topological structure, and linear structure. The six main topics will be Set Theory, Metric and Topological Spaces, Properties of Functions and Correspondences, Linear and Normed Linear Spaces, Fixed Point and Separating Hyperplane Theorems, and a brief introduction to Static and Dynamic Optimization.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Liang Choon Wang |
Research topics for seminar presentation are selected in consultation with the co-ordinator. A list of possible topics will be distributed, but students are encouraged to propose subjects of interest to them, based on their own research area. A department staff member will be appointed as the supervisor to facilitate and monitor the progress of the research project. Students present one paper, act as formal discussant on another, and are expected to engage in discussion of others.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: research paper 80%
presentation 20%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor David Johnston |
The achievement of efficiency in the health sector. Alternative approaches to allocative efficiency, recent developments in the management of the market, and efficiency in hospitals. Aspects of evaluation techniques including recent developments in quality of life measurement, statistical issues, and modelling techniques.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Klaus Abbink (First semester); Associate Professor Elias Khalil (Second semester) |
The behaviour of the economy is the result of a host of decisions made each day by millions of people. Prices and markets play a crucial role in economic behaviour, creating a system in which actions of individuals, guided by self-interest and without any central co-ordination or planning, create wealth for society as a whole. How individual workers, households and firms make decisions, and how they interact with each other, is the subject of microeconomics.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Professor Klaus Abbink (First semester)
Associate Professor Elias Khalil (Second semester)
3 hours per week
ECC2000, ETC2000, ECX9000
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Siew-Ling Yew (Semester 1); Dr Michael White (Semester 2) |
This unit focuses on macroeconomic theory and policy; managing aggregate demand; economic growth and fluctuations. Content covers the following topics in detail:
This unit provides an intermediate level treatment of macroeconomic theory and policy. Its central focus is the analysis of the factors and processes that determine the macroeconomic performance of a nation as reflected in such indicators as aggregate output, employment, the price level and exchange rate, and the balance of payments.
Implications of this analysis for the formulation of national economic policy are explored with particular application to Australia.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Siew Ling Yew (First semester)
Dr Michael White (Second semester)
ECC2010, ETC2010, ECC9010, ECX9010
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Vai-Lam Mui |
Issues include incentives and credibility problems in microeconomic policy making in both developed and developing economies, with particular attention to topics such as microeconomic issues in the public sector, the role of institutions, and the critical evaluation of microeconomic policy. Students are expected to build on basic microeconomics knowledge and to exhibit an understanding of the policy context.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECC2400 and ECX9400
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Agne Suziedelyte |
This unit provides an understanding of the microeconomic approach to resource allocation, both in general and specifically, in relation to the health sector. It introduces students to the use of economic tools in the analysis of the 'market' for health care, in terms of efficiency and equity. It also provides an analytical framework for assessment of the Australian health care system, and health policy generally, from an economic perspective.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECX9700
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Silva Zavarsek |
The economics of the pharmaceutical industry including the market for pharmaceuticals and its regulation internationally and in Australia. Principles of economic evaluation of the costs and outcomes of pharmaceutical products, and provides a guide to best practice with particular emphasis on clinical trials and protocol design.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 70%
Examination: 30%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECX9710
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Duncan Mortimer |
This unit introduces students to techniques of microeconomic appraisal in the evaluation of health care programs. It considers conceptual and methodological issues, as well as the practical conduct, and review, of such studies and their use in priority setting within the health care sector. The application of decision rules for economic efficiency in health program evaluation and their influence on policy decisions are introduced.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 70%
Examination: 30%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECX9730
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Yuanyuan Gu |
This unit synthesizes contemporary issues in health policy, building on the fundamental economic concepts, including economic efficiency and equity, learned in the first level introductory unit. It is aimed at further developing the core concepts of efficiency and equity, and the application of contemporary health care issues. The unit is organised around three themes: the role of government in the health care system; government regulation in the organisation and delivery of health care services and incentives for equity and efficiency; and the use of economic principles to analyse and develop policy options in health care.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed ECX9700 or ECC5970 or have permission from the unit coordinator.
ECX9741
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Paula Lorgelly |
The unit provides an overview of the particular problems confronted by health care systems in developing countries. Economic principles are used to review and develop policy options for financing of the health sector and approaches to priority setting that foster improved expenditure allocation. Practical aspects of individual health care project appraisal in developing countries are also addressed.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECX9750
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Monash Online Teaching Period 3 2015 (Online) |
This unit provides an understanding of the microeconomic approach to resource allocation, both in general and specifically, in relation to the health sector. It introduces students to the use of economic tools in the analysis of the 'market' for health care, in terms of efficiency and equity. It also provides an analytical framework for assessment of the Australian health care system, and health policy generally, from an economic perspective.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course version {4528}
ECX9700, ECC5970
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Birendra Rai |
Advanced topics in microeconomics and current research and policy issues. Topics may include an in-depth study of general equilibrium, mesoeconomics, new classical economics of specialisation, transaction costs, and inframarginal analysis, principal agent models and incentive regulation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Option 1: Within semester assessment: 100%
Option 2: Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students will be required to achieve a mark of at least 70% in all mandatory 6000 level course work which needs to be completed prior to confirmation.
Students must be enrolled in course 0029 to undertake this unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Siew-Ling Yew |
Advanced topics in macroeconomics, current research and policy issues. The topics may include an in-depth study of consumption, investment, inflation and monetary policy, unemployment, and empirical applications.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students will be required to achieve a mark of at least 70% in all mandatory 6000 level coursework which needs to be completed prior to confirmation.
Students must be enrolled in course code 0029 to undertake this unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Pushkar Maitra |
A research forum for the exploration of new directions in research and advanced specialist topics in open economy analysis. Students will be introduced to the forefront of contemporary analytical developments that are relevant for policy formation. The scope of the subject encompasses the pure theory of international trade, open economy macroeconomics and international finance, and development economics.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course code 0029 to undertake this unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Asadul Islam |
Senior positions in government and corporations expect professionals to have a high level of research competence. This subject is designed to impart this skill by requiring students to select a project in their area of specialisation and submit a 9000 word report and an oral presentation. Students will work closely with a personal supervisor to ensure that the research paper locates and masters new knowledge and demonstrates originality in both research content and intellectual argument.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 3842 to undertake this unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mita Bhattacharya |
The unit develops and examines the theoretical and empirical relationships between the structure of industries, the behaviour of enterprises and market performance. The fundamental principles are applied to the advanced analysis of various forms of firms' interaction: entry deterrence, collusion, product differentiation, advertising, RandD, price discrimination, vertical integration. Welfare and policy issues will be discussed with the help of applied theory and empirical approach. In this respect recent journal articles will be used to analyse the concepts.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 55%
Examination: 45%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Chongwoo Choe |
Game theoretic analysis is fundamental to understanding modern business strategies and forms the basic infrastructure of strategy courses. The unit teaches the basic tools of Game Theory, and introduces a structured way to think about business interactions. Game theory originated in the middle of the twentieth century as the general study of strategic interactions and has found applications in a wide variety of contexts including economics, psychology, politics and evolutionary biology. It is this generality that is the source of its power. Accordingly, the unit develops game theory broadly with applications to strategic situations, including business as well as more general contexts.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor He-Ling Shi |
This unit will draw on different fields of applied economics such as applied general equilibrium economics, monetary economics, international economics, labour economics, public finance, and international trade and finance. The studies in these areas will be drawn together by research workshops where students present research papers in their chosen topic.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECC2000 or admission to course 3842 or with approval from the Course Director.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Wenli Cheng |
This unit applies microeconomic principles to study how businesses make decisions to achieve their goals. In particular, it analyses how businesses position themselves in the market and how they form their output and price decisions on the basis of their understanding of demand and supply conditions, market competition and business risks. Finally this unit looks at particular aspects of market failure and the role of government in relation to market failure.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECF4100 and ECX5410
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Solmaz Moslehi |
The focus is on practical questions about how to achieve national economic growth and control inflation in the context of a global economy, with special attention to policy formulation and implementation and the dilemmas facing decision-makers in the government and private sectors. Macroeconomic forecasting and the methods for analysing the short-term and long-term trends are also considered. Australia's experience during the last two decades, in particular the impact of the Asian Currency Crisis, are examined closely.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ECF4200, ECX5420
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Rebecca Valenzuela (Semester 1); Dr Mita Bhattacharya (Semester 2) |
The unit introduces basic economic principles and concepts and discusses economic interdependence notions and gains from trade and globalisation; the role of institutions in promoting and facilitating these concepts in the international economy; theories of trade, incorporating notions of absolute and comparative advantage; modern trade theory and its extensions; empirical evidence which highlight trade theory strengths and limitations; investigation and analysis of welfare effects of trade, using both theory and evidence to answer contentious concerns: does trade make the poor even poorer; are trade restrictions necessary to protect jobs; do larger trade benefits accrue to developed countries more than developing countries?
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Rebecca Valenzuela (First semester)
Dr Mita Bhattacharya (Second semester)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Horag Choi |
This unit focuses on the topics of international finance and trade. This includes: the importance of international finance; the balance of payments accounts; the effect of macroeconomic policies on trade balance; foreign exchange markets - spot, forward, futures and options markets; the determination of exchange rates; parity conditions; hedging and speculation in foreign exchange markets; foreign investment; trade barriers.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 3842 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sephorah Mangin |
This unit examines the scope for policy to improve macroeconomic performance. It will cover: the cyclical behaviour of the economy; the role of monetary, fiscal and exchange rate policies in influencing economic activities; the implementation and operation of monetary policy; the relationship of exchange rates to monetary policy; major factors determining movements in interest rates and exchange rates in both the intermediate and long terms.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 3842 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Paul Raschky |
Students will develop sound knowledge of the differing views of the firm and industry. Topics include: the firm within a capitalist economic system; the macroeconomic constraints on the firm; the market structural constraints on the firm; differing perspectives of the firm - the conventional economic, technological view, the accounting, management and marketing views, the recent transaction costs and new classical view; how these different areas explain current issues such as downsizing and electronic commerce.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 3842 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Wenli Cheng (First semester); Associate Professor He-Ling Shi (Second semester) |
Microeconomics: scarcity; economic choice; economic systems; economic ideology; demand and supply analysis; consumer behaviour and elasticity; costs of production and profit maximisation; perfect competition and monopoly. Macroeconomics: aggregate demand and aggregate supply; Keynesian versus Neoclassical approaches; the money market and monetary policy; the government budget deficit and fiscal policy; the foreign exchange market and exchange rate policy; unemployment and inflation; the current and capital accounts.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Wenli Cheng (First semester)
Associate Professor He-Ling Shi (Second semester)
ECG9101, ECG5901, ECF9530
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Evening) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Gamini Herath |
The unit introduces basic micro and macroeconomic principles and concepts. It discusses economic interdependence notions and gains from trade and globalisation with application to Malaysia and other Asian countries; attempts of Asian institutions at promoting and facilitating these concepts in the international economy; theories of trade, notions of absolute and comparative advantage; modern trade theory and its extensions; empirical evidence which highlight trade theory strengths and limitations with respect to Asia; investigation and analysis of welfare effects of trade, using both theory and evidence to answer contentious concerns: does trade make the poor in Asia even poorer; are trade restrictions necessary to protect jobs; do larger trade benefits accrue to developed countries more than developing countries and if so why?
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Term 3 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kwame Osei-Assibey |
The unit introduces basic micro and macroeconomic principles and concepts. It discusses economic interdependence notions and gains from trade and globalisation with application to South Africa and the African continent; the role of institutions in promoting and facilitating these concepts in the international economy; theories of trade, incorporating notions of absolute and comparative advantage; modern trade theory and its extensions; empirical evidence with respect to Africa which highlight trade theory strengths and limitations; investigation and analysis of welfare effects of trade, using both theory and evidence to answer contentious concerns whether trade make the poor even poorer; whether trade restrictions necessary to protect jobs; and whether larger trade benefits accrue to developed countries more than developing countries; as well as regional integration in Africa.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Peter Forsyth and Professor Russell Smyth |
The unit applies the method of economics to the analysis of the law itself - to the structure of the common law, legal processes, legal institutions and statutory regulation, and to the impact of law on the behaviour of individuals and groups and the functioning of the economy. Topics include: is there a role for law and economics in studying the law, economics of crime and capital punishment, punitive damages, interest group theories of judicial independence and the determinants of judicial influence and prestige.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Liang Choon Wang |
Students select a preferred topic on which to conduct original research after consulting with the coordinator and supervisors. During the year, students participate in research workshops, propose the research plan in written and oral form, conduct research, give a final presentation of the research findings, act as a formal discussant on another student research paper, submit their own final research paper, and are expected to engage in discussion of other students' presentations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within Semester Assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Admission to Master of Business Economics
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Rebecca Valenzuela (Semester 1); Dr Mita Bhattacharya (Semester 2) |
The unit introduces basic economic principles and concepts and discusses economic interdependence notions and gains from trade and globalisation; the role of institutions in promoting and facilitating these concepts in the international economy; theories of trade, incorporating notions of absolute and comparative advantage; modern trade theory and its extensions; empirical evidence which highlight trade theory strengths and limitations; investigation and analysis of welfare effects of trade, using both theory and evidence to answer contentious concerns: does trade make the poor even poorer; are trade restrictions necessary to protect jobs; do larger trade benefits accrue to developed countries more than developing countries?
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Rebecca Valenzuela (Semester 1)
Dr Mita Bhattacharya (Semester 2)
ECX9210
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Brett Inder |
A unit of study in a special field of econometrics in which no formal unit is available. The supervisor will prescribe a list of references, consult frequently with the student and set whatever written work and examinations are deemed appropriate.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
It is recommended that students have completed at least three third year econometrics units.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mike Callan |
Unit ETC4110 covers the subject material required for Actuaries Institute subject Part IIA The Actuarial Control Cycle. The student is introduced to the concept of the Actuarial Control Cycle and how it can be applied in practical commercial situations in a wide range of insurance and related applications. This covers life insurance, general insurance, health insurance, pension or superannuation funds and investment issues. The unit also develops the student's understanding of a wide range of commercial background matters in insurance, pensions and investment - covering features of financial products, the related business environment in Australia, and Government policies affecting insurance and related industries. Risk management is introduced both in terms of the risk issues involved in offering insurance and related financial products, and the general concepts of Enterprise Risk Management.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40% Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Enrolment in this unit is not available via WES. Head of Department approval is required prior to enrolment.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mike Callan |
Unit ETC4130 covers the subject material required for Actuaries Institute subject Part IIB Investment and Asset Modelling. The unit gives an introduction into the investment background for Australian financial institutions, especially those offering insurance and related financial products. It then addresses issues in asset liability management. The student is introduced to the characteristics and behaviour of various investment types and the understanding of the relationship between risk and return. Valuation methods for investment types are addressed. Economic and financial theories relevant to investment are studied. The techniques of setting investment objectives for different investment funds are covered. More detailed issues in relation to asset liability management are then addressed, including how investment policy for assets may assist in managing liabilities for financial institutions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40% Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Enrolment in this unit is not available via WES. Head of Department approval is required prior to enrolment.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Don Poskitt |
The objective of this unit is to outline the general principles that underlie what has become known as the Generalized Method of Moments (GMM). The discussion is motivated by reference to econometric and statistical techniques, and simple practical examples with which students should be familiar. It is shown that GMM finds application in many areas of econometrics and business statistics, and that GMM may be viewed as a methodology that encompasses many econometric and statistical techniques. Broad topic headings are: Classical Method of Moments and Regression (OLS and IV), GMM, Identification, Asymptotic Distribution Theory for GMM, GMM and Optimal Inference.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Heather Anderson, Professor Keith McLaren |
This unit consists of two components relating to the theory underlying, and the implementation of, empirical work in econometrics. The first topic covers the specification and estimation of systems of consumer demand equations and producer demand and supply equations, extensions of these methods to other areas, and some practical applications. The second topic covers growth regressions, trend/cycle decompositions, structural breaks, structural vector autoregressions and error correction models and macroeconomic panels, together with some practical applications. On completion of this unit students should be familiar with recent developments in these fields and have developed the skills to undertake empirical work. Further, students should be able to critically evaluate empirical work and related policy analysis.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Xueyan Zhao |
This unit covers specification, estimation and evaluation of a range of statistical models used to analyse (predominantly) micro data in economics, finance and marketing. These include models of discrete data on individual choice behaviour, censored and truncated data. A hands-on approach is taken, such that the models are illustrated with real-life applications.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor John Madden |
This unit covers the theoretical structure and application of computable general equilibrium (CGE) models. Topics include:
During hands-on computing sessions, students will undertake simulations of a series of economic policy questions and analyse results.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Gael Martin and Dr Bonsoo Koo |
This unit introduces students to a range of advanced, current techniques used in analysing financial data. Topics covered include the analysis of the time series and distributional features of financial data; the use of stochastic volatility and realised volatility models to capture time-varying volatility, including long memory in volatility; the use of econometric methods to estimate Value at Risk; the modelling of transactions data using trade duration models and transaction-based volatility models; continuous time processes and the application of econometric techniques to option pricing; and the use of generalised method of moments in financial models.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Gael Martin, Associate Professor Catherine Forbes |
This unit introduces students to both foundational and methodological aspects of Bayesian econometrics. Topics covered include a review of the philosophical and probabilistic foundations of Bayesian inference; the contrast between the Bayesian and frequentist (or classical) statistical paradigms; the use of prior information via the specification of objective, Jeffreys and subjective prior distributions; Bayesian linear regression; the use of simulation techniques in Bayesian inference, including Markov chain Monte Carlo algorithms; Bayesian analysis of Gaussian and non-Gaussian time series econometric models, including state space models; and the Kalman filter as a Bayesian updating rule.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ETC3400 or equivalent
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Xueyan Zhao |
Topics for seminar presentation are selected in consultation with the coordinator. A list of possible topics will be distributed but students are encouraged to propose subjects of interest to them, based in their own discipline. Students present one paper, act as formal discussant on another, and are expected to engage in discussion of others.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment : 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Farshid Vahid |
A unit of study in a special field of econometrics in which no formal unit is available. The supervisor will prescribe a list of references, consult frequently with the student and set whatever written work and examinations are deemed appropriate. Students interested in a reading subject of this type should first consult the head of department.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Enrolment is only by permission of the Unit Coordinator
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Farshid Vahid |
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Farshid Vahid |
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Enrolment is only by permission of the Unit Coordinator
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Catherine Forbes |
An introduction to probability and statistical inference for use in economics and business. Topics covered include random variables, moments and cumulants generating function, discrete and continuous distributions, independence, jointly distributed random variables, conditional random variables, the central limit theorem, sampling distribution, properties of estimators, confidence intervals, tests of hypotheses.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Gael Martin |
This unit provides a formal treatment of the core principles underlying econometric and statistical analysis, with particular focus given to likelihood-based inference. Topics covered include the likelihood principle and maximum likelihood estimation; minimum variance unbiased estimation; maximum likelihood asymptotic distribution theory; likelihood-based hypothesis testing; and quasi-maximum likelihood inference. The theoretical developments are supplemented by numerical results produced using computer simulation. Consideration is also given to the numerical optimisation techniques used to implement likelihood-based procedures in practice.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr John Stapleton |
This unit presents econometric models and techniques that are widely used in modern applied econometrics. Emphasis is placed on models that address the special problems that arise when analysing microeconomic data, that is, data at the level of individual consumers, households and firms. The topics covered include modelling discrete dependent variables, modelling data sets that have both a cross-section and a time-series dimension and conducting inference in models in which the dependent variable is jointly determined with one or more of the regressors. The models taught in this unit are widely used in empirical work in economics, finance and marketing.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mike Callan |
To provide a further grounding in mathematical and statistical techniques of particular relevance to insurance and financial work.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ETC2520 or equivalent.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr John Stapleton |
This unit provides an introduction to modern time series methods. The topics covered include a review of stationary, univariate ARMA models, stochastic and deterministic trends, testing for unit roots, vector auto regressions, multivariate cointegration and error correction models.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Heather Anderson |
This unit focuses on the specification, estimation and testing of asset pricing models, including the capital asset pricing model and extensions; the statistical characteristics of financial data emphasising skewness, kurtosis and volatility aspects; volatility models such as ARCH models of financial time series, with applications to stock prices, derivatives, and exchange rates including the forecast performance of these models.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be granted permission to undertake this unit to ensure an appropriate background in Finance and Econometrics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Fima Klebaner and Professor Don Poskitt |
Mathematical definition of options and other financial derivatives; probability models; mathematical models of random processes; applications; numerical methods; Monte Carlo methods.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Colin O'Hare |
This unit focuses on the modelling and valuation of cash flows dependent on death, survival, or other uncertain risks.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ETC2430 or equivalent.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Farshid Vahid |
This unit will cover specialised topics from current research areas of staff members with the aim of exposing students to the level of technical detail required for econometric research.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Gael Martin & Associate Professor Catherine Forbes |
This unit introduces students to both foundational and methodological aspects of Bayesian econometrics. Topics covered include a review of the philosophical and probabilistic foundations of Bayesian inference; the contrast between the Bayesian and frequentist (or classical) statistical paradigms; the use of prior information via the specification of subjective, Jeffreys and conjugate prior distributions; Bayesian linear regression; the use of simulation techniques in Bayesian inference, including Markov chain Monte Carlo algorithms; Bayesian analysis of Gaussian and non-Gaussian time series econometric models, including state space models; and the Kalman filter as a Bayesian updating rule.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Xueyan Zhao |
This unit covers specification, estimation and evaluation of a range of statistical models used to analyse (predominantly) micro data in economics, finance and marketing. These include models of discrete data on individual choice behaviour, censored and truncated data and panel data. A hands-on approach is taken, such that the models are illustrated with real-life applications.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Don Poskitt |
The objective of this unit is to outline the general principles that underlie what has become known as the Generalized Method of Moments (GMM). The discussion is motivated by reference to econometric and statistical techniques, and simple practical examples with which students should be familiar. It is shown that GMM finds application in many areas of econometrics and business statistics, and that GMM may be viewed as a methodology that encompasses many econometric and statistical techniques. Broad topic headings are: Classical Method of Moments and Regression (OLS and IV), GMM, Identification, Asymptotic Distribution Theory for GMM, GMM and Optimal Inference.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Heather Anderson |
This unit consists of two components relating to the theory underlying, and the implementation of, empirical work in econometrics. The first topic covers the specification and estimation of systems of consumer demand equations and producer demand and supply equations, extensions of these methods to other areas, and some practical applications. The second topic covers growth regressions, trend/cycle decompositions, structural breaks, structural vector autoregressions and error correction models and macroeconomic panels, together with some practical applications. On completion of this unit students should be familiar with recent developments in these fields and have developed the skills to undertake empirical work. Further, students should be able to critically evaluate empirical work and related policy analysis.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor John Madden |
This course surveys contemporary macroeconometric and applied general equilibrium models as they are used for policy analysis. The focus of these models extends from fiscal, monetary and tax policy, through trade, tariffs and industry policy, to the environment and greenhouse gases. In their major written assignment, all students are expected to come to grips with some of the practical issues involved in policy modelling.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Gael Martin and Dr Bonsoo Koo |
This unit introduces students to a range of advanced, current techniques used in analysing financial data. Topics covered include the analysis of the time series and distributional features of financial data; the use of stochastic volatility and realised volatility models to capture time-varying volatility, including long memory in volatility; the use of econometric methods to estimate Value at Risk; the modelling of transactions data using trade duration models and transaction-based volatility models; continuous time processes and the application of econometric techniques to option pricing; and the use of generalised method of moments in financial models.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following: ETC3460, and at least one of: ETC3400, ETC3410, ETC3450, ETC5346, ETC5340, ETC5341 or ETC5345 or obtain permission.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Anastasios Panagiotelis |
This graduate seminar subject is compulsory for PhD candidates. PhD and masters candidates proceeding by major thesis are required to present at least two seminars, one at an early stage to outline their thesis proposal and the second towards the end of candidature, preferably before writing-up has commenced. Masters candidates are required to present at least one seminar at a time to be determined in consultation with their supervisor.
The learning goal associated with this unit is to develop an understanding of the breadth of research interests in the disciplines of econometrics and business statistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Colin O'Hare |
Topics for seminar presentation are selected in consultation with the coordinator. A list of possible topics will be distributed but students are encouraged to propose subjects of interest to them, based on their own discipline. Students present one paper, act as formal discussant on another, and are expected to engage in discussion of others.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Duangkamon Chotikapanich |
A unit of study in a special field of econometrics in which no formal unit is available. The supervisor will prescribe a list of references, consult frequently with the student and set whatever written work and examinations are deemed appropriate. Students interested in a reading subject of this type should first consult the unit leader.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Enrolment is only by permission from the Unit Coordinator
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
A unit of study in a special field of econometrics in which no formal unit is available. The supervisor will prescribe a list of references, consult frequently with the student and set whatever written work and examinations are deemed appropriate. Students interested in a reading subject of this type should first consult the unit leader.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Enrolment is only by permission from the Unit Coordinator
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Jiti Gao |
Presents newly developed econometric methodology in model building and model evaluation in general. Recent literature on assessing business time series properties, non-linear time series models, multiple cointegration, impulse response function and variance decomposition is introduced. Examples in business, economics and finance will be drawn to illustrate the application of techniques covered in this unit.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor George Athanasopoulos |
Review of basic time series analysis techniques. Moving averages and exponential smoothing forecasting methods. Box-Jenkins method of forecasting. Comparison of forecasting techniques. Introduction to time series regression, dynamic models and cointegration. Applications to time series from accounting, economics, banking, finance and management areas. Use of Excel and SPSS.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed ETX2111, ETF2100, ETX2121, ETF2121, ETF9100, ETF5910, ETF9121, ETF5912, ETF9300, ETF5930, MBA9007, MBA5907 or equivalent.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Bill Zhang |
Illustrates how statistical and econometric methods can be applied to financial data to solve problems arising in financial markets. Also covers modelling, estimating and testing the volatility of financial markets. Practical examples will be discussed in lectures to enhance the understanding of analysing financial data using the statistical and econometric tools taught in this unit. An integral component will be the completion of a number of minor research projects enabling students to develop the necessary skills.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Vasilis Sarafidis |
This unit presents econometric models and techniques that are widely used in applied econometrics. The topics covered are linear regression models with random regressors, method of moments and instrumental variables estimations; simultaneous equations models; models for time-series data; introduction to maximum likelihood estimation; models for discrete dependent variables and models for panel data. EViews computer software is used to carry out data analysis and estimation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed either ETF2100, ETF9100, ETF5910 or equivalent or must be enrolled in course 3822 or 4412.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mervyn Silvapulle |
The topics covered in this unit would be
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Xibin Zhang |
Topics may include hypothesis testing, Bayesian econometrics, non-linear models, duality theory, specification analysis, spectral analysis, cointegration, applied time series, limited dependent variable models, economy wide modelling, models of demand and production functions, state space time series models and multivariate methods. Additional topics may be covered by visiting staff.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Anastasios Panagiotelis |
This graduate seminar subject is compulsory for PhD candidates. PhD and masters candidates proceeding by major thesis are required to present at least two seminars, one at an early stage to outline their thesis proposal and the second towards the end of candidature, preferably before writing-up has commenced. Masters candidates are required to present at least one seminar at a time to be determined in consultation with their supervisor.
The learning goal associated with this unit is to develop an understanding of the breadth of research interests in the disciplines of econometrics and business statistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Tissa Galagedera |
This unit is designed to develop quantitative problem solving skills. The emphasis is on recognising and identifying, modelling and solving problems arising in business-decision. Various optimisation techniques used in the business decision-making process will be introduced. Topics include benchmarking with data envelopment analysis, game theory, queuing models, Markov chains and simulation modelling. Applications in business, particularly in management, marketing, banking and finance will be used in the demonstration.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Anastasios Panagiotelis |
Adopts a very practical approach to introducing multivariate statistical techniques currently popular in analysis of business and marketing survey data. Main topics: review of statistical tools, factor analysis, structural equation modelling, cluster analysis, discriminant analysis, correspondence analysis and multivariate analysis of variance. Use of SPSS software. Case studies and exercises will be drawn from diverse areas of the business world.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following units: ETX2121, ETF5912, ETF2121, ETF2100, ETF5910, ETX2111, MBA9007, ETF9100, MBA5907 or equivalent.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Heather Anderson |
Under supervision, students are expected to undertake and report on an original research topic that addresses a contemporary and significant issue in the field of applied or theoretical econometrics. Students must find a suitable supervisor and have selected an appropriate area of research in order to undertake this unit.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed 24 points at Level 5 from the Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Param Silvapulle |
Students are required to undertake and report on an original research topic that addresses a contemporary and significant issue in the field of applied or theoretical econometrics and to present that research at seminar presentations and in a thesis of between 20,000 and 25,000 words in length. Students must find a suitable supervisor, have selected an appropriate area of research and have obtained the approval of their course director before undertaking this unit. The minor thesis is expected to be of sufficient standard and practical relevance so as to be suitable for publication in a peer-reviewed journal.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload equals 576 hours per semester
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Duangkamon Chotikapanich |
The topics covered in this unit include: Review of regression analysis, Binomial dependent variables, Unordered multinomial dependent variables, Ordered multinomial dependent variables, Duration dependent variable. Computer software EViews will be used to apply these techniques to real world problems.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate a solid understanding of regression analysis; modelling and analysing relationships with binomial, unordered and ordered multinomial and duration dependent variables. Students will apply their skills and knowledge of the above topics to real situations in areas such as marketing, economics and management. They will demonstrate their ability to use the relevant software to help with the analysis of the above topics.
Within semester assessment: 35%
Examination: 65%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course codes 3816 or 3822 or 4412 or must have passed ETF2100 or or ETF5910 or ETF9100.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) |
Notes
Completion of MGX5961 and MGX5690 is recommended.
This unit complements students' practical understanding of business practices by introducing quantitative techniques in optimisation. Of particular interest are those techniques designed to improve the efficiency and transparency of supply chains, retailing and operations. Topics covered include quantitative techniques for forecasting, waiting lines, process modelling, logistics, resource planning and e-commerce. Students will learn to apply such methods in business settings.
The learning goals associated with this unit are:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Charanjit Kaur |
Students will learn to use basic statistical techniques and apply them to problems in accounting, finance, management, marketing, and business in general. Students should also be able to effectively communicate the results of their analyses. This unit covers descriptive statistics for revealing the information contained in data; probability as a tool for dealing with uncertainty; probability distributions to model business behaviour; confidence interval estimation and hypothesis testing techniques for single populations; analysis of relationships between variables using simple linear regression; and simple tools for forecasting time series data. Applications to critical analysis of business and economic data will be emphasised. Excel software will be used.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students enrolled in course 3822, 4412 and 3818 cannot undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Duangkamon Chotikapanich (First semester); Professor Param Silvapulle (Second semester) |
Econometrics is a set of research tools employed not only in economics but also in business disciplines. This unit covers the basic tools for estimation in the context of simple and multiple linear regression, the sampling properties of the least squares estimator, statistical inference and hypothesis testing. It also covers regression with dummy variables, model specification issues and estimation problems when least squares assumptions are violated. EViews is used as the software package.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 35%
Examination: 65%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Professor Duangkamon Chotikapanich (First semester)
Professor Param Silvapulle (Second semester)
Students must have passed one of the following units: ETX1100, ETF1100, ETF5900, ETX5900, ETX9000, MBA9007, MBA5907.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Elizabeth Maharaj (First semester); Dr Mindi Nath (Second semester) |
This unit will introduce statistical concepts and their applications to business sectors of finance, accounting, marketing and management. Topics covered include: sampling techniques, confidence intervals and hypothesis testing (for both single populations and between populations). The multiple regression models and time series models -- that are very popular in data analysis and forecasting in public sectors and industries -- will be covered in detail in this unit. Prerequisites ETX1100, BFF5951 or AFX9510 will not apply to students who enrol in the Graduate Diploma in Applied Econometrics.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Associate Professor Elizabeth Maharaj (First semester)
Dr Mindi Nath (Second semester)
Students must have passed one of the following units ETX1100, ETF1100, ETX9000, ETF5900, ETX5900, BFF5951 or AFX9510 or have permission from the unit coordinator.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Param Silvapulle (Semester 1); Dr Hsein Kew (Semester 2) |
This unit covers statistics econometrics tools to: analyse and model the key characteristics of empirical distributions of asset returns; model and estimate the simple capital asset pricing model and its extensions; and test for various financial market hypotheses. It includes modelling, estimating and analysing time series properties of stationary and non-stationary financial data: and modelling and estimating simple and multivariate long-run relationships among financial variables; and conducting Granger causality testing. It also includes modelling and estimation of ARCH/GARCH volatilities and time-varying risk premium on financial assets; and estimation of value-at-risks and expected shortfalls of assets and portfolios. Students will be requested to work through a number of questions and projects with a broad range of financial data sets.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Professor Param Silvapulle (Semester 1)
Dr Hsein Kew (Semester 2)
Students must be enrolled in course 3818, 3850 or 4412, or must have passed AFF9641, BFF5925 or AFF9250.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Bruce Stephens |
Operations in business and government inevitably entail risk which, of course, must be incorporated into decision making. This unit, supported by software such as @Risk, presents basic quantitative methods for identifying and analysing risk - with broad applicability to areas such as finance, quality control, occupational health and safety, disaster prevention and environmental management.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 45%
Examination: 55%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Bruce Stephens |
The topics covered in this unit include: The Linear Model, Linear Simultaneous Equations, Non-linear functions, Financial Mathematics, Derivatives and Partial Differentiation, Optimization (constrained and non-constrained), Matrix Algebra, and Difference equations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ETF2700 and ETF9700
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Don Poskitt |
The objective of this unit is to outline the general principles that underlie what has become known as the Generalized Method of Moments (GMM). The discussion is motivated by reference to econometric and statistical techniques, and simple practical examples with which students should be familiar. It is shown that GMM finds application in many areas of econometrics and business statistics, and that GMM may be viewed as a methodology that encompasses many econometric and statistical techniques. Broad topic headings are: Classical Method of Moments and Regression (OLS and IV), GMM, Identification, Asymptotic Distribution Theory for GMM, GMM and Optimal Inference.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor John Madden |
This unit covers the theoretical structure and application of computable general equilibrium (CGE) models. Topics include:
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Econometrics and Business Statistics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Brett Inder; Dr Kathryn Cornwell; Mr Jason Ng Wei Jian |
This unit introduces students to the empirical analysis of relationships between economic variables. The approach is based on linear regression theory, and emphasises 'hands on' data analysis. Topics studied will include properties of least squares estimators, hypothesis testing, the choice of appropriate functional form, the use of dummy variables, issues around modelling survey data and the problems of serial correlation, heteroscedasticity and multicollinearity. Students will learn how to critically analyse empirical economic studies.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ETC1010, ETC2010 or ETC1031
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Mervyn Silvapulle |
This unit provides an introduction to probability theory and statistical inference for graduate studies in econometrics and business statistics and related fields. It is intended to prepare research students for a range of other units in econometrics and business statistics. The first part will cover basic probability theory and the second half will be concerned with aspects of statistical inference. Some prior exposure to the topics to at least the advanced undergraduate level will be assumed. This unit is designed for PhD students who intend to write a thesis in econometrics or business statistics. It is not intended for PhD students in other disciplines who need to learn some basic quantitative techniques for the empirical section of their dissertations, although students from other departments who are interested in more advanced methods may wish to take this unit.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in either the 3194 Master of Philosophy or the 0029 Doctor of Philosophy to enrol in this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Don Poskitt and Dr Bonsoo Koo |
This unit provides a rigorous treatment of core methods of econometric estimation and inference in a single and also multiple equation settings. While students are encouraged to look at every problem from several views (informal, algebraic, geometric, etc.), a large emphasis is placed on constructing formal arguments, and the importance of clear notation, definitions, assumptions and deductive arguments is emphasised. Formal lectures and references to graduate level textbooks are provided, and students are also assigned and encouraged to read some classic journal articles. This unit is designed for PhD students who intend to write a thesis in econometrics or business statistics. It is not intended for PhD students in other disciplines who need to learn some quantitative techniques for the empirical section of their dissertations, although students from other departments who are interested in more advanced methods may wish to take this unit.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Nell Kimberley |
The aim of this unit is to provide opportunities for staff to develop knowledge and skills by focusing on issues relevant to their teaching contexts and disciplines. Participants are expected to complete five modules along with required assessment tasks. Credit may also be given to academic staff for attendance at relevant university seminars, however, these must be approved by the Unit Co-ordinator and must incorporate appropriate assessment. As part of their academic development, full-time staff currently employed by the faculty will also be encouraged to attend these workshops.
The learning goals are associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in Graduate Certificate in Higher Education to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Nell Kimberley |
Enthusiastic and engaged teachers continually evaluate and modify aspects of their units in an effort to enhance student learning. This unit affords participants the opportunity to explore and improve their teaching practices by adopting an action learning model. Focusing on teaching and learning issues arising from HED5043 Contemporary issues in business education, participants will be required to apply a teaching intervention (or interventions) to their curricula (for example a technological intervention arising from Module 5) and to critically evaluate its effectiveness, and to instigate further changes and evaluation.
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within Semester Assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in Graduate Certificate in Higher Education to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Vivek Chaudhri |
Strategic management is concerned with creating organisations that create value to all stakeholders in a turbulent world. This unit integrates material from earlier units in the MBA degree, in particular from marketing, accounting, operations, individual and organisational behaviour, information technology and finance within a strategic framework. On completion of the unit students should be able to understand the key influences on the development of an organisation's strategy, analyse those influences, propose appropriate strategic behaviour for an organisation and demonstrate an understanding of how strategic change can occur within an organisation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield Term 2 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Amanda Pyman |
Effective management of human capital has the potential to be a source of sustainable competitive advantage for high-performance organisations. This unit examines various ways in which organisations can effectively lead and managed human capital for growth and profits, innovation and sustainable competitive advantage. The unit consists of three modules: managing individual motivation, behaviour and engagement at work; managing people and the human resource function; and the design of high performance human resource systems. As well as drawing on contemporary research on strategic HRM and the high performance workplace, the unit covers a wide range of real-world case and practical challenges in managing people and human capital in diverse organisational settings.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
This unit is one of six specialist units that provide students with exposure to prominent visiting professors presenting a range of leading edge topics.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Option 1: Within semester assessment: 100%
Option 2: Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
This unit is one of six specialist units that provide students with exposure to prominent visiting professors presenting a range of leading edge topics.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Option 1: Within semester assessment: 100%
Option 2: Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Robert Weisz |
This unit is one of six specialist units that provide students with exposure to prominent visiting professors presenting a range of leading edge topics.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Option 1: Within semester assessment: 100%
Option 2: Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Veronique Ambrosini |
This unit is one of six specialist units that provide students with exposure to prominent visiting professors presenting a range of leading edge topics.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Option 1: Within semester assessment: 100%
Option 2: Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
This unit is one of six specialist units that provide students with exposure to prominent visiting professors presenting a range of leading edge topics.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Option 1: Within semester assessment: 100%
Option 2: Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Owen Hughes |
Strategy began as a field of study with the military use of the term and by analogy later with business. The military use persists in strategic studies and the contrast between strategy and tactics. Both strategy in this sense and in the business strategy sense draw on early theorists such as Sun Tze, Thucydides, Machiavelli and Clausewitz. The aim of this unit is to link scholarship of the classic thinkers with practical experience. This unit is based on case studies with the focus on real world strategic situations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield MBA Teaching Period 1 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Caulfield MBA Teaching Period 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Amanda Pyman |
Students will work closely with an academic staff member assisted by a company staff member. They will be guided through the processes of -- proposal preparation; data collection and analysis; project implementation; business planning and project reporting.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%.
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in 0028 Master of Business Administration to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield MBA Teaching Period 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Caulfield MBA Teaching Period 4 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Caulfield MBA Teaching Period 4 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Amanda Pyman |
Students will work closely with an academic staff member assisted by a company staff member. They will be guided through the processes of; proposal preparation, data collection and analysis, project implementation, business planning -- project reporting.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield Summer semester B 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Vivek Chaudhri |
The aim of this unit is to equip students with the knowledge and skills to develop and utilise effectively strategies for negotiations and decision making. In an increasingly complex and dynamic business environment, negotiation and decision-making are have become core capabilities associated with effective management and leadership of organisations. Drawing on cross-disciplinary perspectives and recent advances in the field of negotiation, this unit will equip students to recognize and overcome flaws in their negotiation and decision making processes and develop frameworks for analysing situations and making sound decisions; and provide a practical and experiential introduction to principles of effective negotiation in diverse industry and functional contexts faced by contemporary organisations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield Term 1 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Paul Kalfadellis |
This case-based unit is designed to provide an overview of the strategic economic and legal environment of business at the global, market, and organisational levels and the role of individuals in such an environment. The focus of this unit will be to investigate important socio-political/legal dimensions and the contemporary context of senior managerial decision making. To this end, students will examine the myriad issues challenging the pursuit of sustainable business practice as a precursor to the more detailed consideration of functional methods that help inform these decisions that will follow in the subsequent module.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in 0028 Master of Business Administration to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield Trimester 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Amanda Pyman |
Environmental, social and ethical issues are increasingly influencing business decisions. The ability to create value from, and mitigate risks associated with, environmental, social and ethical issues increasingly impacts markets, access to capital, company reputation and shareholder value. Through the use of case studies, lectures and guest speakers, this unit will critically examine sustainability challenges across a range of industry settings and develop strategies to address these issues.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield Term 1 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Cristina Neesham |
This foundational unit focuses on the practice and development of key critical thinking and problem solving skills required by a business leader to achieve superior performance. Through interactive group work, role play, case studies and a variety of situational exercises, this unit will enable students to understand and apply analytical reasoning to:
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0028
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield Trimester 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Ian McLoughlin |
The aim of this unit is to equip students with the knowledge to understand and the capacity to manage innovation at the operational and strategic levels. Innovation drives sustainable competitive advantage in organizations. It requires integration of multiple organizational functions but particularly those that impact product and process development. The operations function, in particular, provides a key focus for innovation that is both economically and technologically sound. Modern innovation for competitive advantage reaches beyond organizational boundaries into the realm of customer, supplier and third party integration. Innovation through supply chain integration increasingly occurs at both the product and the process level. The objective of this unit is to examine the foundations of innovation in product and process for the organization and its supply chain. It explores innovation at the design, process and system level that is both user-led and technology-led. It explores concepts that include the nature of innovation and what drives it, new frontiers of innovation in operations and supply chains and future frontiers in social and environmental innovation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Malaysia MBA Teaching Period 4 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
The unit exposes students to the 'economics lens' for reasoning in business. Topics to be considered include demand, supply and market analysis, cost concepts, price determination and pricing practices. The course aims to develop an understanding of the competitive environment facing firms through analysis of varying market structures (oligopoly, monopolistic competition etc).
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in 0028 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Malaysia MBA Teaching Period 2 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
This unit examines the structures, processes, content and interface between financial and management accounting, which assists organisations in planning, decision making and control to create sustainable economic, social and environmental value.
The financial accounting component is concerned with the information requirements of external users such as owners, lenders, regulatory authorities and potential investors. Herein the focus concerns the measurement of performance, valuation of assets and liabilities, and determination of the financial strength and 'health' of the organisation.
The management accounting component is concerned with the information needs of internal users at various levels of responsibility and with varying functional responsibilities. Herein the focus concerns issues such as the nature and behaviour of costs, budgets and budgetary control, and measuring and managing performance so as to enhance organisational competitiveness.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0028 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Malaysia Trimester 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
This unit introduces finance theories and practices that can assist financial decisions in for-profit firms. Herein investigation concerns exploration of the interrelated aspects of making decisions from an investing, financing and operating perspective. Using the body of knowledge that comes from finance theories and practices, students will learn the analytical skills required to solve these problems.
Further, the unit will examine key aspects of financial decisions (capital budgeting, financing, dividend policy and hedging) that managers in non-financial firms are required to make.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0028.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Malaysia MBA Teaching Period 2 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
The first objective of this unit is for students to understand which data analysis technique is appropriate to address a business problem and then, with the support of the relevant software, to apply that technique. The second objective is for students to learn how to interpret the results and extract useful business insights. An applied approach will be taken. Topics covered include data description and summation, data mining, confidence intervals and hypothesis testing, regression analysis, time series and forecasting and decision making under uncertainty.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0028 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Malaysia MBA Teaching Period 1 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Effective management of people can benefit organisational performance. This unit examines how organisations can effectively lead and manage people for competitive advantage in diverse organisational settings. The unit considers the human resource function, managing individual motivation, behaviour and engagement and high performance human resource systems. The unit covers a wide range of real-world cases and practical challenges.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0028 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Malaysia MBA Teaching Period 4 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
This is an introductory managerial course in marketing. It will provide participants with a basic understanding of the key strategic concepts in marketing and their application in an organisation. The key question it will seek to answer is: "How should managers strategically manage their market offerings to enable value for their firms, their customers, and business partners?"
The course will address diverse situations of marketing to consumers and business customers, product and service-oriented businesses, domestic and global firms, and business and social organisations. The predominant pedagogy is case-based, and thus classroom discussion will emphasise strategic decision-making situations. The decision orientation will be supplemented with contemporary scholarly thought on effective marketing strategies.
The learning goals associated with this unit are:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0028.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Malaysia MBA Teaching Period 1 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Environmental, social and ethical issues are increasingly influencing business decisions. The ability to create value from, and mitigate risks associated with, environmental, social and ethical issues increasingly impacts markets, access to capital, company reputation and shareholder value. Through the use of case studies, lectures and guest speakers, this unit will critically examine corporate sustainability across a range of industry settings.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0028 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Malaysia Trimester 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Innovation drives sustainable competitive advantage in organisations. The aim of this unit is to equip students with the knowledge to understand and manage innovation. The unit requires integration of multiple organisational functions but particularly those that impact product and process development. The objective of this unit is to examine the foundations of innovation in product and process for the organisation and its supply chain. It explores innovation at the design, process and system level that is both user-led and technology-led.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0028 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield MBA Teaching Period 4 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Malaysia MBA Teaching Period 4 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Vivek Chaudhri |
The aim of this unit is to equip students with the knowledge and skills to develop and utilise effective strategies for negotiations. Drawing on cross-disciplinary perspectives and recent advances in the field of negotiation, this unit will equip students to recognise and overcome flaws in their negotiation and decision making processes and develop frameworks for analysing situations and making sound decisions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in 0028, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3196, 3198, 3839 or 3849 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield MBA Teaching Period 5 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor He-Ling Shi |
The unit exposes students to the 'economics lens' for reasoning in business. Topics to be considered include demand, supply and market analysis, cost concepts, price determination and pricing practices. The course aims to develop an understanding of the competitive environment facing firms through analysis of varying market structures (oligopoly, monopolistic competition etc).
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in 0028, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3196, 3198, 3839 or 3849 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield MBA Teaching Period 1 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Caulfield MBA Teaching Period 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
This unit examines the structures, processes, content and interface between financial and management accounting, which assists organisations in planning, decision making and control to create sustainable economic, social and environmental value. The financial accounting component is concerned with the information requirements of external users such as owners, lenders, regulatory authorities and potential investors. Herein the focus concerns the measurement of performance, valuation of assets and liabilities, and determination of the financial strength and 'health' of the organisation. The management accounting component is concerned with the information needs of internal users at various levels of responsibility and with varying functional responsibilities. Herein the focus concerns issues such as the nature and behaviour of costs, budgets and budgetary control, and measuring and managing performance so as to enhance organisational competitiveness.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in 0028, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3196, 3198, 3839 or 3849 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield Trimester 2 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr John Vaz |
This unit introduces finance theories and practices that can assist financial decisions in for-profit firms. Herein investigation concerns exploration of the interrelated aspects of making decisions from an investing, financing and operating perspective. Using the body of knowledge that comes from finance theories and practices, students will learn the analytical skills required to solve these problems. Further, the unit will examine key aspects of financial decisions (capital budgeting, financing, dividend policy and hedging) that managers in non-financial firms are required to make.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in 0028, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3196, 3198, 3839 or 3849 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield MBA Teaching Period 4 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Malaysia MBA Teaching Period 4 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Vivek Chaudhri |
This unit integrates material from earlier units in the MBA degree and provides the context for business and corporate strategic decision making. On completion of the unit students should be able to understand the key influences on the development of an organisation's strategy, analyse those influences, propose appropriate strategic behaviour for an organisation and demonstrate an understanding of how strategic change can occur within an organisation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in 0028, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3196, 3198, 3839 or 3849 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield MBA Teaching Period 1 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Robert Brooks |
The first objective of this unit is for students to understand which data analysis technique is appropriate to address a business problem and then, with the support of the relevant software, to apply that technique. The second objective is for students to learn how to interpret the results and extract useful business insights. An applied approach will be taken. Topics covered include data description and summation, data mining, confidence intervals and hypothesis testing, regression analysis, time series and forecasting and decision making under uncertainty. Software used will be Microsoft Excel, with Palisade add-ins.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0028, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3196, 3198, 3839 or 3849.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield MBA Teaching Period 2 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Amanda Pyman |
Effective management of people can benefit organisational performance. This unit examines how organisations can effectively lead and manage people for competitive advantage in diverse organisational settings. The unit considers the human resource function, managing individual motivation, behaviour and engagement and high performance human resource systems. The unit covers a wide range of real-world cases and practical challenges.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in 0028, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3196, 3198, 3839 or 3849 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield Summer semester B 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Malaysia Summer semester B 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Paul Kalfadellis |
This case-based unit is designed to provide an overview of the business environment at the global, market, and organisational levels and the role of individuals in such an environment. The focus of this unit will be to investigate important socio-political/legal dimensions and the contemporary context of managerial decision making. To this end, students will examine the myriad of issues challenging the pursuit of sustainable business practice as a precursor to the more detailed consideration of functional methods that help inform these decisions that will follow in the subsequent module.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in 0028, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3196, 3198, 3839 or 3849 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield MBA Teaching Period 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Hean Tat Keh |
This is an introductory managerial course in marketing. It will provide participants with a basic understanding of the key strategic concepts in marketing and their application in an organisation. The key question it will seek to answer is: "how should managers strategically manage their market offerings to enable value for their firms, their customers, and business partners?" The course will address diverse situations of marketing to consumers and business customers, product and service-oriented businesses, domestic and global firms, and business and social organisations. The predominant pedagogy is case-based, and thus classroom discussion will emphasise strategic decision-making situations. The decision orientation will be supplemented with contemporary scholarly thought on effective marketing strategies.
The learning goals associated with this unit are:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in 0028, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3196, 3198, 3839 or 3849 to undertake this unit.
MBA9006 and MBA5906
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield MBA Teaching Period 2 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Wendy Stubbs |
Environmental, social and ethical issues are increasingly influencing business decisions. The ability to create value from, and mitigate risks associated with, environmental, social and ethical issues increasingly impacts markets, access to capital, company reputation and shareholder value. Through the use of case studies, lectures and guest speakers, this unit will critically examine corporate sustainability across a range of industry settings.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in 0028, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3196, 3198, 3839 or 3849 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield MBA Teaching Period 5 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Amanda Pyman |
Students will partake in experiential learning project by working together on a group based project in an assigned organisation. Supervised by an academic member of staff and assisted by the organisation's representative, the group will be guided through the processes of: proposal preparation, data collection and analysis, project implementation, business planning and project reporting.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have completed the MBA integrating core units and fundamental core units as follows:
MBA5706,MBA5701, MBA5709, MBA5730, MBA5708/MBA5608, MBA5720/MBA5620, MBA5740/MBA5640, MBA5703/MBA5603, MBA5704/MBA5604, MBA5705/MBA560, MBA5715/MBA5615, MBA5707/MBA5607
Students must be enrolled in 0028, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3196, 3198, 3839 or 3849 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Malaysia MBA Teaching Period 4 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Paul Kalfadellis |
The MBA Study Tour integrates, in a practical manner, the material covered in the MBA program. Depending upon the destination/s chosen (which may vary from year to year), MBA students will partake in a combination of site visits to local organisations, companies and institutions in order to better understand the impact of that location's environment on business and its implications for management. At the end of the MBA Study Tour students are expected to have not only gained an insight into the business environment of the location visited but also be able to draw upon ideas from that environment to develop capabilities that may be able to be applied in other environments and organisational contexts.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have completed the MBA integrating core units and fundamental core units as follows:
MBA5706,MBA5701, MBA5709, MBA5730, MBA5708/MBA5608,MBA5720/MBA5620, MBA5740/MBA5640, MBA5703/MBA5603, MBA5704/MBA5604, MBA5705/MBA560, MBA5715/MBA5615, MBA5707/MBA5607
Students must be enrolled in 0028, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3196, 3198, 3839 or 3849 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield Summer semester B 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Malaysia Summer semester B 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Cristina Neesham |
This foundational unit focuses on the practice and development of key critical thinking skills required by a business leader to achieve superior performance. Through interactive group work, role play, case studies and a variety of situational exercises, this unit will introduce students to methods of analytical reasoning to successfully manage business problems and interpret and produce clear and sound arguments in relation to business issues of general interest. In addition, students will develop questioning strategies to support a critical inquiry approach to their learning and research activities throughout the program.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in 0028, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3196, 3198, 3839 or 3849 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield MBA Teaching Period 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Caulfield MBA Teaching Period 5 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Paul Kalfadellis |
Innovation drives sustainable competitive advantage in organisations. The aim of this unit is to equip students with the knowledge to understand and manage innovation. The unit requires integration of multiple organisational functions but particularly those that impact product and process development. The objective of this unit is to examine the foundations of innovation in product and process for the organisation and its supply chain. It explores innovation at the design, process and system level that is both user-led and technology-led.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in 0028, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3196, 3198, 3839 or 3849 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Vivek Chaudhri |
Economics for managers is designed to introduce students to the methodology of microeconomics and macroeconomics including the tools used by economists in problem solving. Topics to be considered include demand, supply and market analysis, cost concepts, price determination, pricing practices, inflation, unemployment and interest rate determination. The course aims to develop an understanding of the competitive environment facing firms through analysis of varying market structures (oligopoly, monopolistic competition etc).
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50% Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849, 0028, 4437 or 4405.
MBA9003
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield MBA Teaching Period 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Joanne Lye |
This unit introduces students to financial and management accounting and examines how the two interrelated components of the accounting function are used to generate information that is used by internal and external stakeholders to aid planning, decision making and control. Through a focus on the application of accounting principles, concepts and practices, the unit aims to provide insight into the structure and content of financial and management accounting, as well as the interface between them. This can assist organisations to create sustainable economic, social and environmental value. Further, the unit examines how accounting information is used to gain intelligence about all aspects of business operations, both historic and projected.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50% Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849, 0028 or 4437.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield MBA Teaching Period 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr John Vaz |
This unit is designed as an introduction to finance theories and practices that can assist in the strategic management of decisions in for-profit firms. To achieve this the unit investigates the interrelated aspects of making decisions from an investing, financing and operating perspective. By applying the body of knowledge that comes from finance theories and practices, executives will learn the analytical skills required to solve these problems. The unit takes a value impacting approach to financially related strategic decisions that face executives. Further, the unit examines how financial and economic information is used to gain forward intelligence about impacts on the value of the organisation to create sustainable value.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
3 .acquire competences with financial analytical skills required to evaluate the financial goals and performance of the firm including the interpretation of financial data
4. explore and critically evaluate financial decisions regarding capital investment, financing, dividend policy, capital structure and mergers and acquisitions and their relationship with other modes of responsibility within firms.
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849, 4437 or 0028.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield Term 2 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Gregory Strydom |
This is a course aimed at fostering strategic marketing leadership in organisations. It will help participants refine their strategic and conceptual skills in marketing, augment their analytical toolkits, and encourage integrative thought and action. The key question it will seek to answer is: "how should organisations strategically create and exchange market offerings effectively to enable value for themselves, their customers and clients, business partners, and society at large?" The perspective held would be the management of markets, with a view to achieving and sustaining market leading positions. While anchored to the viewpoint of a focal organisation, analysis would include institutions that facilitate the consummation of market exchange in an economy, and the myriad consequences of market management activity on society. The predominant pedagogy is case-based, and thus classroom discussion will emphasise strategic decision-making situations. The decision orientation will be supplemented with contemporary critical-ethical thought on marketing as a discipline of business and society.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849, 4437 or 0028.
MBA9006 and MBA5715
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Caulfield MBA Teaching Period 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Farshid Vahid |
The objective of this unit is for the executive to understand and apply data analysis techniques to address business problems through an applied approach. With the support of software, executives will learn how to apply various analytical tools but, more importantly, understand the findings and interpret their value in a business context. Sharing/communicating these analytically derived insights, so that they are readily accessible to, and actionable by management, is a further objective of this unit. Topics covered include data description and summation, data mining, confidence intervals and hypothesis testing, regression analysis, time series and forecasting and decision making under uncertainty. Software used will be Microsoft Excel, with Palisade add-ins.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849, 0028 or 4437
MBA9007
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Understanding business principles, and having the data and the will to adapt to the ever changing business environment are crucial for successful business creation and development. The principles and elements of entrepreneurship, finance procurement for new ventures and elements of business planning are integrated into a comprehensive mosaic that will allow students to explore these principles and apply them in a personal and practical way to business creation and business development.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028.
MBA9051
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Joze Kuzic |
This subject focuses on a holistic approach to project management. The aim of the subject is to provide students with a high level of understanding of the processes of project management. The subject includes major topics in core and facilitating areas of project management, such as: project integration management, project scope management, project time management, project cost management, project quality management, project human resources management, project communication management, project risk management, and project procurement management.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028.
MBA9052
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Alejandro Agafonow |
This unit is designed to develop students moral reasoning about the conduct of business in the global context. They will achieve this by exploring theories of ethics and justice in business and in its relationships with society, across different cultural and religious traditions; and reflecting on their own moral development through analysis of ethical and unethical behaviours in business.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Rosaria Burchielli (First semester); Dr Michelle Greenwood (Second semester) |
This unit analyses corporate social responsibility (CSR) from a range of different perspectives. The course is designed within a framework of understanding, applying and managing corporate social responsibility in business; CSR is considered in the context of the marketplace, the workplace, in the community and the natural environment. Through the use of case studies of Australian and international companies, students will examine CSR challenges across a range of industry settings and develop strategies for responsible management.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Associate Professor Quamrul Alam (First semester)
Dr Michelle Greenwood (Second semester)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Wendy Smith |
The unit offers a general introduction to contemporary Asia, to regional problems and interactions and the relevant political, economic and other relationships, by identifying and discussing the major issues of the day and their illustration of significant regional themes. Discussion includes an analysis of relevant countries' history and culture as these affect issues and relationships.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Marjorie Jerrard |
This unit examines the social, economic and legal dimensions of diversity and inclusion. It aims to provide both theoretical and practical application of contemporary ideas to promote workplace diversity and inclusion. Topics include theoretical perspectives on diversity and inclusion, forms of diversity and inclusion, the legal dimensions of discrimination, the legal framework regulating diversity, inclusion, discrimination and EEO, the strategic business, HRM and employment relations issues associated with promoting diversity and inclusion, the state of workplace diversity in the Australian context, contemporary public policy issues and diversity and inclusion in a comparative context.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Ken Coghill |
This unit challenges students to think through the factors shaping how communities are governed in Australia and elsewhere as all societies grapple with the challenges of climate change, sustainability and the meaning of "progress". It develops knowledge and skills necessary for good governance applying United Nations Global Compact sustainability concepts. Students from Australian and other backgrounds share their experiences in various levels of government/intergovernmental, civil society (not for profit) and market (private business) sectors. It examines Integrated Governance i.e. the roles, relationships and networks of the levels and sectors in contemporary governance including how political systems work, democracy, the relationships between politicians and public servants, ethics, accountability, the importance of civil society and activity, and the role of the media.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 0319, 2099, 2778, 1065, 3801, 1506, 2643, 2642, 0200, 0201, 0028 or 1822 or seek Chief Examiner's approval before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Ramanie Samaratunge |
The unit provides a comparative overview of international issues affecting public sector policy and management. Topics include the concept and impact of globalisation on international public policy and management; policy analysis and implementation in a changing world; management issues in international public administration and in developing countries; notions of development; and different strategies for development. Policy formulation and management practices in selected Asian countries are examined.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Linda McGuire |
This unit focuses on the practical application of strategic management concepts, theories and analytical techniques in the public sector. Public value, public accountability and public policy processes are fundamental differences that have practical implications for strategic management. Learning is structured around cases. The emphasis is on understanding the nature and complexity of strategy problems, the role of strategic analysis, and the application of frameworks and techniques to identify issues and evaluate options.
Our students will be able to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGX9270, MGF5927, MPA5901or MPA9001 or seek Chief Examiner's approval before undertaking this unit.
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 0319, 2099, 2778, 1065, 3801, 1506, 2643, 2642, 0200, 0201, 0028 or 1822
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Steve Perryman |
This unit assists students to understand the theory and practice of policy analysis, the role of evidence in decision making and how policy analysis contributes to better policy outcomes.
Our students will be able to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 0319, 2099, 2778, 1065, 3801, 1506, 2643, 2642, 0028, 0200, 0201 or 1822 or seek Chief Examiner's approval before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Gabriele Buchholz |
This unit studies financial resource allocation and management within the public sector. The focus is on the theory and practice of an integrated cycle of resource management used extensively in public sector planning, budgeting and resource allocation, performance management and reporting. The unit demonstrates the importance of integrating finance into an overall planning structure.
Our student will be able to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGX9270, MGF5927, MPA5901 or MPA9001 or seek Chief Examiner's approval before undertaking this unit.
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 0319, 2099, 2778, 1065, 3801, 1506, 2643, 2642, 0200, 0201, 0028 or 1822
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Daniel Prajogo |
Selected international studies covering issues of strategy and best practices in manufacturing and operations management. Students analyse the relevance of specific issues presented in the Australian context.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Dayna Simpson |
This unit looks at innovation as a managerial process. It provides methodologies for setting up and managing innovation within teams, departments and organisation wide.
Topics cover: sources of innovation; collaboration and cooperation in innovation; types of innovation networks: social, sartorial, regional, national and global; the strategies and stages of creative innovation, translating knowledge into innovation; methods of selecting and rejecting innovation including the stage gate process; mapping technological change and opportunity; managing an innovative culture and the diffusion of innovation, exploiting intellectual property; the role of discontinuous innovation, and innovation for growth and sustainability in domestic and international markets.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within Semester Assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Julian Teicher |
This unit examines national differences in work and employment practices, the historical, economic, political and cultural factors associated with these differences, and their implications for global business and other stakeholders, particularly in the Asia Pacific region. It assesses the impact of globalisation on work and employment in different national contexts, with a particular focus on the Asian economies. Topics include: internationalisation and global production systems, divergence and convergence in national systems of employment relations in European, Anglophone and Asian countries, labour management practices in multi-national enterprises, corporate social responsibility and labour standards, regulatory and institutional differences governing the management of labour.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 0319, 2099, 2778, 1065, 3801, 3844, 1506, 2643, 2642, 0200, 0201, or 1822 or seek Chief Examiner's approval before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sandra Cockfield |
This unit provides an introduction to the principles of negotiation applied to various spheres of conflict and exchange, including work and employment relations, business and commercial conflicts, international trade and diplomacy. As well as providing an overview of key theoretical ideas, the unit draws on a wide range of bargaining exercises and simulations which allow students to place these concepts in practical negotiation situations. Topics include styles of conflict management and negotiation, negotiation strategies and situations, effective and ineffective negotiation tactics, understanding key processes and dynamics in negotiation, judgement and cognitive error in negotiations, multi-party negotiations, and the social context of negotiations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Richard Cooney |
The design of the business and its processes has become a key source of innovation and performance improvement. Innovative process design leads to the introduction of new business models, opening up new markets and new business opportunities. The redesign of existing processes leads to cost reductions and productivity improvements for the business. This unit introduces students to the use of design tools for innovation and improvement in business processes. It equips students to analyse and improve existing processes and to develop new business models and prototype new business processes.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGX5700
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Greg Bamber |
Notes
It is strongly recommended that this unit be undertaken in the last semester of study for the Master of Business (Managing human capital specialisation).
Strategic human resource management and context; SHRM models; the HRM and organisational performance link; high performance work systems; managing the employment relationship; employee voice; ethics and social responsibility; international strategic HRM.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 70%
Examination: 30%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have completed 24 credit points before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jagjit Plahe |
This unit will provide students with insights into the role of emerging economies in a globalising world. Using a political economy approach, the unit will provide a comparative perspective on Brazil, Russia, China, India and South Africa also known as the BRICS. Over the past ten years the geo-political and economic importance of the BRICS has been increasing. While they have been advocating for a stronger voice in major international institutions such as the WTO, the World Bank and the IMF, the BRICS do not have a common identity and their influence and power at the global level is uneven. This unit covers the history of the BRICS as well as the political, economic, security and foreign policy trends in these countries. It provides different perspectives on the power of the BRICS in an international context and focuses on the challenges they face. Particular attention is given to the thematic areas of international trade, international finance, the environment, global health and food security.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jagjit Plahe |
The unit will provide students with key insights regarding how trade policy is formulated, negotiated and implemented; the economic, social and cultural implications of international trade rules; the pattern of relationships that exists between trade policy and prosperity; and the implications of the global financial crisis for international trade policy. The unit focuses on the GATT/WTO System and Bilateral and Regional Trade Agreements.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Nicola Charwat |
This unit provides a detailed examination of the role played by international institutions and organisations in the process of global governance. The unit focuses on the intergovernmental sector (including regional institutions), the non-governmental sector and the multinational corporate sector. The unit is informed by the research traditions of international relations, international law, international political economy, global governance, global civil society studies, and international business. In examining the process of global governance the unit will cover the thematic areas of global trade and finance, global peace and security, human rights and the environment.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Rod Sarah |
This unit explores the systemic and interrelated nature of the modern organisation and its environment. It provides a strongly based theoretical framework for the understanding of these relationships and a set of skills and tools for their analysis. It provides practical experience in developing an understanding of internally developed dynamics and experience in the use of micro-world simulations for an understanding of dynamics of the external and policy-making environment. Finally, it provides an understanding of two powerful systems technologies for analysis and change in organisations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Christopher Nyland |
Foreign policy involves relationships with other governments over which little control is directly exercised. Diplomacy as the art of persuasion is therefore an integral part of foreign policy. Just as democracy has transformed the domestic political environment of many countries since the eighteenth century, self-determination has transformed the international political environment in the twentieth century. The two traditions in statecraft -- one moral and universalist, one pragmatic and promoting the 'national interest' -- are tested in the context of bilateral, regional and multilateral modern diplomacy. Case studies in the Asia-Pacific and the challenges facing foreign policy.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGX9110
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Susan Mayson |
Introduction to the field of human resource management for students without managerial or supervisory experience or work experience. Topics include the purpose of HRM and its contribution to meeting organisational and employee needs; the strategic role of human resource management and the contribution of HRM to competitive advantage; HRM challenges faced by organisations in a global and competitive environment including attracting and retaining skilled staff, issues relating to diverse workforces, safety and wellbeing, performance and reward management in developing employee capabilities.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGX9850, MGX5985, MGX9221
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Deirdre O'Neill |
This unit assists students to understand how the public policy process operates and the role of stakeholders in policy development. Public policy process theory is discussed in the light of specific cases, and related to a broad range of practitioner experience. Case studies in Australian public policy will be analysed within this course.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 0319, 2099, 2778, 1065, 3801, 1506, 2643, 2642, 0200, 0201, 0028 or 1822 or seek Chief Examiner approval before undertaking this unit.
MGX9230
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Deirdre O'Neill |
This unit examines management in the public sector in Australia and internationally and the impact of public sector reform. It considers theoretical explanations of reform and implementation in practice. The focus is on identifying and analysing practical issues facing public managers. Australia is considered an international leader in public sector reform and practical illustrations are drawn from Australian and international experience.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 0319, 2099, 2778, 1065, 3801, 1506, 2643, 2642, 0200, 0201, 0028 or 1822 or seek Chief Examiner approval before undertaking this unit.
MGX9270
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Sen Sendjaya |
This unit is an introductory overview of organisational leadership, with the aim of developing knowledge, skills and understanding of the multifaceted nature of organisational leadership in relation to work-relevant factors. Concepts and issues examined during the course of tuition include the nature of leadership; from management to leadership; traits, behaviours and relationships; contingency approaches; leadership vision and strategic direction; leadership communication; shaping culture and values; leading a learning organisation; motivation and empowerment; leading teams; leadership and multiculturalism; and leading change.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGX9280
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Peter O'Neill |
E-business entails technical, managerial and business issues. In the last decade it has rapidly developed, and is now widely accepted by consumers, business partners, employees, the governments, banks and other business entities. After an overview of e-business development, technologies for e-business and different types of e-business models, this unit will focus on concepts, theories and issues associated with e-business management in the global market. This unit will enhance students' understanding of e-business, its impact on market place transformation and management approaches to e-business and related issues. This unit is based upon lectures, cases, and class discussions. This reflects the dynamic nature of the subject matter and our efforts to make certain that the material discussed in class is leading edge, up to date and in tune with what is going on in the area.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGX9420
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Julie Rayner |
The unit considers emerging technological, social, economic, political and legal changes having implications for the successful management of people within the Australian context. Topics covered will alter as current issues change. Representative issues include implications of social, technological and demographic changes for HRM; philosophical orientations and ethics in HRM; the role of HRM in the strategy, development, implementation, and use of emerging technologies; alternative delivery models for HRM activities; workplace violence and bullying.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGX5985 or MGX9850
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 0319, 2099, 2778, 1065, 3801, 1506, 2643, 2642, 0200, 0201, 0028 or 1822
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sijun Shao |
Students examine globalisation and assess its implications for the governance of the business enterprise, nation states and relations between business and government. The unit also examines the difficulties that globalisation creates for nations and multinational enterprises in both the emerging and developed world, the open market, and the policy responses proposed to balance economic, social and political costs.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Alan Lawton |
The interaction of external environment, organisational factors and strategic human resource management (SHRM) is examined from multiple perspectives. Topics may include strategic choices facing the organisation in the areas of business planning, building SHRM capabilities, transforming the HR function, and the SHRM program evaluation. The implications of SHRM for organisational performance are examined.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
MGX5985 or MGX9850 or seek Chief Examiner's approval before undertaking this unit.
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 0319, 2099, 2778, 1065, 3801, 1506, 2643, 2642, 0028, 0200, 0201 or 1822.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Alan Lawton |
This unit advances prior learning in the fields of international management and human resources management. The specific area of inquiry in international human resource management is the personnel function in the increasingly diverse and complex environment of internationalisation. Based on the premise that people are a source of competitive advantage for international organisations, this unit analyses the environment, role and function of international HRM.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGX5985, MGX9850 or seek Chief Examiner's approval before undertaking this unit.
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 0319, 2099, 2778, 1065, 3801, 1506, 2643, 2642, 0200, 0201, 0028 or 1822.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Alan Lawton |
This unit will involve a comprehensive examination of executive leadership in Australia and internationally. Students will study individual, group and organisational issues, specifically in terms of current and traditional leadership models and paradigms; gender, ethical, and strategic issues; and the relationships between leadership and performance, group dynamics, and organisational culture.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 3164, 2099, 1822, 1679, 3848, 2778, 1741 or seek approval from the Chief Examiner before undertaking this unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Damian Morgan |
This unit focuses on enhancing students' understanding of problem solving and decision making processes in management practice, from a critical perspective on managerial thinking and action as an art of practical wisdom and sound judgment. Through interactive group work, role play, case studies and situational exercises, students will apply analytical reasoning and adaptive-creative methods of decision making to successfully manage organisational problems. Specific tools and techniques will be used to illustrate the complexity of managers' roles in defining problems; generating, evaluating and implementing solutions; balancing rationality and intuition; and making group decisions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 3164, 2099, 1822, 1679, 3848, 2778, 1741 or seek approval from the Chief Examiner before undertaking this unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
This unit is an introduction to services and operations management concepts. The unit introduces operations management concepts in delivering value to customers, within and across organisations. Furthermore, the unit introduces and investigates service management in a variety of industry contexts, including discretionary and non-discretionary services. The services and operations concepts are synthesised through applied assessment.
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 3164, 2099, 1822, 1679, 3848, 2778, 1741 or seek the approval of the Chief Examiner before undertaking this unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sijun Shao |
This unit provides an introduction to the study of work and employment relations in a changing and dynamic environment. The unit aims to provide students with an understanding of the conceptual foundations of employment relations, the key elements of an industrial relations system, and the dynamics of employment relations in the Australian context. Topics covered include: the individual and the employment relationship, the structure and dynamic of labour markets, the management of employment relations in different industry and workplace contexts, the organisation of work, bargaining and conflict, the role of unions, institutions and the relation of employment relations, and the economic and social consequences of different national systems of employment relations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 0319, 2099, 2778, 1065, 3801, 1506, 2643, 2642, 0200, 0201, 0028 or 1822 or seek Chief Examiner approval before undertaking this unit.
MGX9220, MGX5920
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Philip Taylor |
Individual behaviour in the organisation, including topics such as personality, perception, values and attitudes, socialisation and motivation. Group behaviour, including topics such as group structure and properties, group and team development, and leadership. Organisational analysis, including structure, design and culture. Organisational processes, including ethics and social responsibility, decision making, power and influence, stress and conflict management.
The learning outcomes associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 3164, 2099, 1822, 1679, 3848, 2778, 1741 or seek approval from the Chief Examiner before undertaking this unit
MBA9008, MGX9600, MGX5960, MGG9370, MGG9600
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Philip Taylor |
Examines change management from both theoretical and practical perspectives. Theory relating to employee responses to change and promoting readiness for change. Organisation Development including characteristics of OD, process models, role of the practitioner, interventions; Organisational transformation including nature and characteristics, models, strategic change leadership and capability.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 3164, 2099, 1822, 1679, 3848, 2778, 1741 or seek approval from the Chief Examiner before undertaking this unit
MGX9720, MGX5972, MGG9720
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sijun Shao |
Identification and evaluation of the firm's competitive position, its markets, government policies, social issues, emerging trends and key factors which are critical for success in its environment. The crafting of an appropriate strategy supported by structure, controls and rewards.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 3164, 2099, 1822, 1679, 3848, 2778, 1741 or seek approval from the Chief Examiner before undertaking this unit
MGG9371, MGX9761, MGX5976, MGG9761
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Candy White |
Introduction to the field of human resource management. Topics include the strategic role of human resource management, the contribution of HRM to competitive advantage, job design, staffing, performance management, strategic compensation and reward systems, developing employee capabilities and assessment of HRM strategies and practices.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 0319, 2099, 2778, 1065, 3801, 1506, 2643, 2642, 0200, 0201, 0028 or 1822 or seek Chief Examiner approval before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Evening) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Chew Yin Teng |
This unit looks at international business strategy theories and their application. Topics include the relationship between environmental scanning and strategic planning; methods of developing a strategic plan; corporate and business level strategy; choice of foreign operation and its implications in terms of risk and control; determinants of multi-national corporations (MNC) activity; strategic issues that relate to international wholly owned subsidiaries, joint ventures, mergers and acquisitions and alliance modes; impact of multi-domestic, regional and global integration strategies; and international corporate governance. Asian regional context will be central to the teaching pedagogy.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in the 2098 Master of International Business to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jane Tong |
International strategic management; ethics and social responsibility, communication and interpersonal relations; employee attitudes and motivation; cross-cultural leadership; control and conflict issues, international human resource management and comparative industrial relations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Evening) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jane Tong |
The unit looks at ways in which cultural values are expressed in social behaviour and the communication process including non-verbal cues, in different societies and contexts. The relevance of culture to management practices is analysed and illustrated in various national cultural settings. The unit then considers contemporary issues that affect the cross-cultural communication process (e.g. ethics) before considering the international negotiation process. Objectives, methods of negotiation and ways of negotiating cross-culturally are considered. The unit seeks to impart to students the ability and an awareness of how to communicate effectively in a cross-cultural setting.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Manjit Singh Sandhu |
An understanding of major internationalisation theories and its practical implications on international firms; the planning requirements in going international and management issues that arise in an international setting.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | South Africa Summer semester B 2015 (On-campus block of classes) South Africa Trimester 1 2015 (On-campus block of classes) South Africa Term 4 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor HB Klopper |
Basic introduction to research design in management; types of research designs; qualitative and quantitative data collection and measurement techniques; coding data; reliability and validity; qualitative and quantitative methods of analysis; interpreting and discussing results; structuring and writing the research report; integrating individual research into overall management literature.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | South Africa Second semester 2015 (Evening) South Africa MBA Teaching Period 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) South Africa Summer semester B 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Assoc Professor Ilse Niemann-Struweg |
This unit looks at international business strategy theories and their application. Topics include the relationship between environmental scanning and strategic planning; methods of developing a strategic plan; corporate and business level strategy; choice of foreign operation and its implications in terms of risk and control; determinants of MNC activity; strategic issues that relate to international wholly owned subsidiaries, joint ventures, mergers and acquisitions and alliance modes; impact of multi-domestic, regional and global integration strategies; and international corporate governance.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (On-campus block of classes) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Dina Burger |
International strategic management; ethics and social responsibility, communication and interpersonal relations; employee attitudes and motivation; cross-cultural leadership; control and conflict issues, international human resource management and comparative industrial relations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | South Africa Second semester 2015 (Evening) South Africa Term 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Ilse Niemann-Struweg |
The unit looks at the ways in which cultural values are expressed in social behaviour and the communication process including non-verbal cues, in different societies and contexts. The relevance of culture to management practices is analysed and illustrated in various national cultural settings in the Southern African region. The unit then considers contemporary issues that affect the cross-cultural communication process (eg: ethics) before considering the international negotiation process. Objectives, methods of negotiation and ways of negotiating cross-culturally are considered. The unit seeks to impart to students the ability and an awareness of how to communicate effectively in a cross-cultural setting.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Ilse Niemann-Struweg |
Students conduct an original research project on a significant issue in management. The project can be purely theoretical; e.g.: a literature review leading to development of a new model and/or propositions for future research; an empirical examination such as a test of hypotheses based on primary survey data and/or interviews; a test of hypotheses based on secondary data sources, exploratory or explanatory case study work, experimental or simulation work, or the development of a methodology contributing to the solution of a significant organisational problem.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students need to have achieved a minimum grade of 70% in MGS5000 and be granted permission before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Evening) South Africa Term 3 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Assoc Professor Ilse Niemann-Struweg |
Students conduct an original research project on a significant issue in management. The project can be purely theoretical; e.g.: a literature review leading to development of a new model and/or propositions for future research; an empirical examination such as a test of hypotheses based on primary survey data and/or interviews; a test of hypotheses based on secondary data sources, exploratory or explanatory case study work, experimental or simulation work, or the development of a methodology contributing to the solution of a significant organisational problem.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students need to be granted permission before undertaking this unit and to have completed MGS5000 with a minimum grade of 70%, and 24 credit points of course work with an average grade of 70%.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Dina Burger |
This unit looks at management implications of major internationalisation theories; the planning requirements in going international and management issues that arise in an international setting.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Au Wee Chan (Malaysia); Dr Ross Donohue (Caulfield) |
Basic introduction to research design in management; types of research designs; qualitative and quantitative data collection and measurement techniques; coding data; reliability and validity; qualitative and quantitative methods of analysis; interpreting and discussing results; structuring and writing the research report; integrating individual research into overall management literature.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield Full year 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Peter O'Neill |
This core unit will provide students with a practical experience of the pathways that lead from scientific innovation to the creation of wealth. The unit is a research based unit in which students work alongside research scientists to explore the commercialisation potential of their scientific research. Students apply their knowledge from the business and law units to a relevant practical situation. Students will gain first hand experience in the wide range of roles involved in converting science to wealth at a personal, enterprise and economy wide level.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 3840 to undertake this unit
GSB5000
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield Full year 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Peter O'Neill |
This core unit will examine the pathways that lead from scientific innovation to the creation of wealth. The unit will allow participants to conceptualise their possible roles in converting science to wealth at a personal, enterprise and economy wide level. A seminar series from experts in special fields of relevance (such as venture capitalists, scientist, entrepreneurs, financial analysts and financial planners) forms an important part of the unit.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 3840 to undertake this unit.
GSB5011
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Cristina Neesham |
This unit is designed to develop students moral reasoning about the conduct of business in the global context. They will achieve this by exploring theories of ethics and justice in business and in its relationships with society, across different cultural and religious traditions; and reflecting on their own moral development through analysis of ethical and unethical behaviours in business.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Michelle Greenwood (First semester); Dr Susan Mayson (Second semester) |
This unit analyses corporate social responsibility (CSR) from a range of different perspectives. The course is designed within a framework of understanding, applying and managing corporate social responsibility in business; CSR is considered in the context of the marketplace, the workplace, in the community and the natural environment. Through the use of case studies of Australian and international companies, students will examine CSR challenges across a range of industry settings and develop strategies for responsible management.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Michelle Greenwood (First semester)
Dr Susan Mayson (Second semester)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Wendy Smith |
The unit offers a general introduction to contemporary Asia, to regional problems and interactions and the relevant political, economic and other relationships, by identifying and discussing the major issues of the day and their illustration of significant regional themes. Discussion includes an analysis of relevant countries' history and culture as these affect issues and relationships.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Marjorie Jerrard |
This unit examines the social, economic and legal dimensions of diversity and inclusion. It aims to provide both theoretical and practical application of contemporary ideas to promote workplace diversity and inclusion. Topics include theoretical perspectives on diversity and inclusion, forms of diversity and inclusion, the legal dimensions of discrimination, the legal framework regulating diversity, inclusion, discrimination and EEO, the strategic business, HRM and employment relations issues associated with promoting diversity and inclusion, the state of workplace diversity in the Australian context, contemporary public policy issues and diversity and inclusion in a comparative context.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Audra Mockaitis |
Issues include the impact of culture on management and the convergence-divergence debate; centralisation versus decentralisation of decision making; standardisation versus differentiation of management activities; control versus delegation; and, competition versus partnership: new international organisation forms and implications for management.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGX9660 or MGX5966
Students should study this unit in the final year of their course.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sarah Lindsay (First Semester); Mr Max Coulthard (Second Semester) |
This unit looks at international business strategy theories and their application. Topics include the relationship between environmental scanning and strategic planning; methods of developing a strategic plan; corporate and business level strategy; choice of foreign operation and its implications in terms of risk and control; determinants of MNC activity; strategic issues that relate to international wholly owned subsidiaries, joint ventures, mergers and acquisitions and alliance modes; impact of multi-domestic, regional and global integration strategies; and international corporate governance.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Sarah Lindsay (First Semester)
Mr Max Coulthard (Second Semester)
MGX9660 or MGX5966
It is recommended that students take this unit in the final year of their course
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Anne Bardoel |
The purpose of this unit is to examine and debate the critical challenges facing individuals, families, and employers in managing work, family and life. It seeks to identify linkages between individuals, families, work environments, and society by studying the research that explores this interdependence. Implications of a number of radical changes (eg: increasing demographic and cultural diversity, greater emphasis on lifestyle balance by employed men and women, and changes in the way work is structured) on these linkages will be examined. Topics studied include work-family conflict, organisational work-life policies and programs, legal and business issues concerning work-life.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Peter Holland (Caulfield); Dr Julie Rayner (Gippsland) |
The unit considers emerging technological, social, economic, political and legal changes having implications for the successful management of people within the Australian context. Topics covered will alter as current issues change. Representative issues include implications of social, technological and demographic changes for HRM; philosophical orientations and ethics in HRM; the role of HRM in the strategy, development, implementation, and use of emerging technologies; alternative delivery models for HRM activities; workplace violence and bullying.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGX5985 or MGX9850 or seek Chief Examiner's approval before undertaking this unit.
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 0319, 2099, 2778, 1065, 3801, 1506, 2643, 2642, 0200, 0201, 0028 or 1822
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Ken Coghill |
This unit challenges students to think through the factors shaping how communities are governed in Australia and elsewhere as all societies grapple with the challenges of climate change, sustainability and the meaning of "progress". It develops knowledge and skills necessary for good governance applying United Nations Global Compact sustainability concepts. Students from Australian and other backgrounds share their experiences in various levels of government/intergovernmental, civil society (not for profit) and market (private business) sectors. It examines Integrated Governance i.e. the roles, relationships and networks of the levels and sectors in contemporary governance including how political systems work, democracy, the relationships between politicians and public servants, ethics, accountability, the importance of civil society and activity, and the role of the media.
Our students will be able to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 0319, 2099, 2778, 1065, 3801, 1506, 2643, 2642, 0200, 0201, 0028 or 1822 or seek Chief Examiner's approval before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Cherrie Zhu (First semester); Associate Professor Audra Mockaitis (Second semester) |
International strategic management; ethics and social responsibility, communication and interpersonal relations; employee attitudes and motivation; cross-cultural leadership; control and conflict issues, international human resource management and comparative industrial relations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Professor Cherrie Zhu (First semester)
Associate Professor Audra Mockaitis (Second semester)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ramanie Samaratunge |
The unit provides a comparative overview of international issues affecting public sector policy and management. Topics include the concept and impact of globalisation on international public policy and management; policy analysis and implementation in a changing world; management issues in international public administration and in developing countries; notions of development; and different strategies for development. Policy formulation and management practices in selected Asian countries are examined.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Linda McGuire |
This unit focuses on the practical application of strategic management concepts, theories and analytical techniques in the public sector. Public value, public accountability and public policy processes are fundamental differences that have practical implications for strategic management. Learning is structured around cases. The emphasis is on understanding the nature and complexity of strategy problems, the role of strategic analysis, and the application of frameworks and techniques to identify issues and evaluate options.
Our students will be able to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Deirdre O'Neill |
This unit assists students to understand the theory and practice of policy analysis, the role of evidence in decision making and how policy analysis contributes to better policy outcomes.
Our students will be able to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 0319, 2099, 2778, 1065, 3801, 1506, 2643, 2642, 0028, 0200, 0201 or 1822 or seek Chief Examiner's approval before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Sourin Chakravorty |
This unit studies financial resource allocation and management within the public sector. The focus is on the theory and practice of an integrated cycle of resource management used extensively in public sector planning, budgeting and resource allocation, performance management and reporting. The unit demonstrates the importance of integrating finance into an overall planning structure.
Our student will be able to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Eduard Bomhoff |
Students examine globalisation and assess its implications for the governance of the business enterprise, nation states, and relations between business and government. The unit also examines the difficulties that globalisation creates for nations and multinational enterprises in both the emerging and developed world, the open markets, and the policy responses proposed to balance economic, social and political costs.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Daniel Prajogo |
Selected international studies covering issues of strategy and best practices in manufacturing and operations management. Students analyse the relevance of specific issues presented in the Australian context.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Rod Sarah |
Organisations as open learning systems in turbulent environments; introduction to learning at the individual, group, organisational (inter-organisational and community levels); the concepts of organisational learning and learning theories, models, techniques and practices of the learning organisation; leadership, culture and organisational learning; case studies and action learning.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Greg Bamber |
The interaction of external environment, organisational factors and strategic human resource management (SHRM) is examined from multiple perspectives. Topics may include strategic choices facing the organisation in the areas of business planning, building SHRM capabilities, transforming the HR function, and SHRM program evaluation. The implications of SHRM for organisational performance are examined.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGX5985 or MGX9850 or seek Chief Examiner's approval before undertaking this unit.
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 0319, 2099, 2778, 1065, 3801, 1506, 2643, 2642, 0028, 0200, 0201 or 1822
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ananya Bhattacharya |
This unit looks at innovation as a managerial process. It provides methodologies for setting up and managing innovation within teams, departments and organisation wide.
Topics cover: sources of innovation; collaboration and cooperation in innovation; types of innovation networks: social, sartorial, regional, national and global; the strategies and stages of creative innovation, translating knowledge into innovation; methods of selecting and rejecting innovation including the stage gate process; mapping technological change and opportunity; managing an innovative culture and the diffusion of innovation, exploiting intellectual property; the role of discontinuous innovation, and innovation for growth and sustainability in domestic and international markets.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within Semester Assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Andrea North-Samardzic |
This unit examines national differences in work and employment practices, the historical, economic, political and cultural factors associated with these differences, and their implications for global business and other stakeholders, particularly in the Asia Pacific region. It assesses the impact of globalisation on work and employment in different national contexts, with a particular focus on the Asian economies. Topics include: internationalisation and global production systems, divergence and convergence in national systems of employment relations in European, Anglophone and Asian countries, labour management practices in multi-national enterprises, corporate social responsibility and labour standards, regulatory and institutional differences governing the management of labour.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 0319, 2099, 2778, 1065, 3801, 1506, 2643, 2642, 0200, 0201, 0028 or 1822 or seek Chief Examiner's approval before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Amrik Sohal |
This unit is designed to expose students to contemporary thought and practice in logistics and supply chain management. The unit will elaborate on the extension of logistics management across organisational boundaries. How organisations are using logistics and supply chain management as a competitive tool will also be covered. Students will be able to gain appreciation through the critical study of contemporary research publications in the area. The practice of leading edge organisations will also be studied. Students will have the opportunity to apply new concepts in case studies and in their own organisations through assignment work.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Belinda Allen |
This unit examines principles used in pay determination in Australia and internationally, and provides a practical foundation to understanding how the design of systems of pay (and other extrinsic rewards) and participation (and other forms of intrinsic reward associated with work) can enhance individual and organisational performance. Topics include pays systems, forms of employee participation including financial participation (eg: share ownership), participation in work allocation (autonomous teams) and other forms of involvement in decision making in the workplace (eg: workplace democracy), performance management and motivation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sandra Cockfield |
This unit provides an introduction to the principles of negotiation applied to various spheres of conflict and exchange, including work and employment relations, business and commercial conflicts, international trade and diplomacy. As well as providing an overview of key theoretical ideas, the unit draws on a wide range of bargaining exercises and simulations which allow students to place these concepts in practical negotiation situations. Topics include styles of conflict management and negotiation, negotiation strategies and situations, effective and ineffective negotiation tactics, understanding key processes and dynamics in negotiation, judgement and cognitive error in negotiations, multi-party negotiations, and the social context of negotiations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
relationships
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Audra Mockaitis |
This unit advances prior learning in the fields of international management and human resource management. The specific area of inquiry in international human resource management is the personnel function in the increasingly diverse and complex environment of internationalisation. Based on the premise that people are a source of competitive advantage for international organisations, this unit analyses the environment, role and function of international HRM.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGX5985, MGX9850 or seek Chief Examiner's approval before undertaking this unit.
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 0319, 2099, 2778, 1065, 3801, 1506, 2643, 2642, 0200, 0201, 0028 or 1822
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Alex Newman |
The unit looks at the ways in which cultural values are expressed in social behaviour and the communication process including non-verbal cues, in different societies and contexts. The relevance of culture to management practices is analysed and illustrated in various national cultural settings. The unit then considers contemporary issues that affect the cross-cultural communication process (eg: ethics) before considering the international negotiation process. Objectives, methods of negotiation and ways of negotiating cross-culturally are considered. The unit seeks to impart to students the ability and an awareness of how to communicate effectively in a cross-cultural setting.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGG5810
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Paul Kalfadellis and Dr Cristina Neesham |
This unit assists students to understand the EU business practices in the context of EU economic, social and employment policy. In this unit, EU business regulation and practice is related to issues of trade and foreign investment, common agricultural policy, monetary policy and the euro. European social models are discussed in relation to labour policies, welfare systems and social insurance policies as they affect the business environment in Europe. Contemporary issues such as globalisation, EU enlargement, EU integration and EU relations with Australia will also be examined.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Loretta Inglis |
This unit will involve a comprehensive examination of executive leadership in Australia and internationally. Students will study individual, group and organisational issues, specifically in terms of current and traditional leadership models and paradigms; gender, ethical, and strategic issues; and the relationships between leadership and performance, group dynamics, and organisational culture.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 0319, 2099, 2778, 1065, 3801, 1506, 2643, 2642, 0200, 0201, 0028, 3783, 4057 or seek Chief Examiner's approval before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Robyn Cochrane |
This unit focuses on enhancing students' understanding of problem solving and decision making processes in management practice, from a critical perspective on managerial thinking and action as an art of practical wisdom and sound judgment.
Through interactive group work, role play, case studies and situational exercises, students will apply analytical reasoning and adaptive-creative methods of decision making to successfully manage organisational problems. Specific tools and techniques will be used to illustrate the complexity of managers' roles in defining problems; generating, evaluating and implementing solutions; balancing rationality and intuition; and making group decisions.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within Semester Assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 0319, 2099, 2778, 1065, 3801, 1506, 2643, 2642, 0200, 0201, 0028 or 1822 or seek Chief Examiner's approval before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Dayna Simpson |
This unit is an introduction to services and operations management concepts. The unit introduces operations management concepts in delivering value to customers, within and across organisations. Furthermore, the unit introduces and investigates service management in a variety of industry contexts, including discretionary and non-discretionary services. The services and operations concepts are synthesised through applied assessment.
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 0319, 2099, 2778, 1065, 3801, 1506, 2643, 2642, 0200, 0201, 0028, 1822, 3844 or seek Chief Examiner's approval before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Dayna Simpson |
This unit integrates concepts from both operations and supply chain management toward strategic goals of more sustainable production systems. By combining recent theory and practical examples, this unit provides students with tools that allow companies to reduce their overall resource use, manage their social and environmental risks at the extended enterprise level and design products and processes toward sustainable resource use. Specific topics include management systems for risk reduction and compliance, sustainable transport and distribution, closed-loop issues, mid-tier value chains, extended enterprise issues (e.g. certification and monitoring of suppliers), supplier development, technology protection and ethics. Topics are addressed from predominantly design and behavioural perspectives.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Christopher Nyland |
Contemporary international issues are examined, with emphasis on the continuing dominance of economic issues but noting the rise in cultural and religious tensions and the search for new concepts of security. The phenomenon of 'failed societies' and the response of the United States as the sole surviving superpower of international problems in the post-Cold War era provide a theme.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jagjit Plahe |
The unit will provide students with key insights regarding how trade policy is formulated, negotiated and implemented; the economic, social and cultural implications of international trade rules; the pattern of relationships that exists between trade policy and prosperity; and the implications of the global financial crisis for international trade policy. The unit focuses on the GATT/WTO System and Bilateral and Regional Trade Agreements.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jagjit Plahe |
This unit provides a detailed examination of the role played by international institutions and organisations in the process of global governance. The unit focuses on the intergovernmental sector (including regional institutions), the non-governmental sector and the multinational corporate sector. The unit is informed by the research traditions of international relations, international law, international political economy, global governance, global civil society studies, and international business. In examining the process of global governance the unit will cover the thematic areas of global trade and finance, global peace and security, human rights and the environment.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Stephen Perryman |
This unit analyses the relationship between government and business in a number of countries, but with a special focus upon Australia, the US and Japan. It examines the directions of this relationship, particularly in the context of globalisation.
The unit has three key objectives:
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Rod Sarah |
This unit explores the systemic and interrelated nature of the modern organisation and its environment. It provides a strongly based theoretical framework for the understanding of these relationships and a set of skills and tools for their analysis. It provides practical experience in developing an understanding of internally developed dynamics and experience in the use of micro-world simulations for an understanding of dynamics of the external and policy-making environment. Finally, it provides an understanding of two powerful systems technologies for analysis and change in organisations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Malaysia Summer semester B 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jane Tong and Mr Nicholas Grigoriou |
This program aims to provide an opportunity for students to experience the diversity of contexts for doing business in Asia. The program will focus on the influence of diverse cultures, politics, institutions and local practices, and their impact on business decisions and managerial behaviour in Asia. The two-week program comprises on- and off- campus seminars and company visits in two or more Asian countries. The program will take students to meet with business and government leaders, conduct company visits and discuss business practices.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ross Donohue |
Students conduct an original research project on a significant issue in management. The project can be purely theoretical; eg: a literature review leading to development of a new model and/or propositions for future research; an empirical examination such as a test of hypotheses based on primary survey data and/or interviews; a test of hypotheses based on secondary data sources, exploratory or explanatory case study work, experimental or simulation work, or the development of a methodology contributing to the solution of a significant organisational problem.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students need to have achieved a minimum grade of 70% in MGX5901 and be granted permission before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ross Donohue |
Students conduct an original research project on a significant issue in management. The project can be purely theoretical; eg: a literature review leading to development of a new model and/or propositions for future research; an empirical examination such as a test of hypotheses based on primary survey data and/or interviews; a test of hypotheses based on secondary data sources, exploratory or explanatory case study work, experimental or simulation work, or the development of a methodology contributing to the solution of a significant organisational problem.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students need to be granted permission before undertaking this unit and to have completed MGX5000 with a minimum grade of 70%, and 24 credit points of course work with an average grade of 70%.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Marjorie Jerrard (Caulfield); Dr Sijun Shao (Gippsland) |
This unit provides an introduction to the study of work and employment relations in a changing and dynamic environment. The unit aims to provide students with an understanding of the conceptual foundations of employment relations, the key elements of an industrial relations system, and the dynamics of employment relations in the Australian context. Topics covered include: the individual and the employment relationship, the structure and dynamic of labour markets, the management of employment relations in different industry and workplace contexts, the organisation of work, bargaining and conflict, the role of unions, institutions and the relation of employment relations, and the economic and social consequences of different national systems of employment relations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 0319, 2099, 2778, 1065, 3801, 1506, 2643, 2642, 0200, 0201, 0028 or 1822 or seek Chief Examiner approval before undertaking this unit.
MGX9220
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Peter Holland |
This unit offers a broad perspective on the development of human resources within organisations by examining the role of training and development and career development within the Human Resource Management function of a business enterprise. It examines major theories relevant to human resource development and career development, including human capital theory, the theory of the psychological contract and the theory of the learning organisation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mary Anderson (First Semester); Ms Barbara Heilemann (Second Semester) |
Individual behaviour in the organisation, including topics such as personality, perception, values and attitudes, socialisation and motivation. Group behaviour, including topics such as group structure and properties, group and team development, and leadership. Organisational analysis, including structure, design and culture. Organisational processes, including ethics and social responsibility, decision making, power and influence, stress and conflict management.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Mary Anderson (First Semester)
Associate Professor Anne Bardoel (Second Semester)
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 2099, 2778, 1065, 2643, or 0028 or seek Chief Examiner's approval before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ananya Bhattacharya |
Topics include supply chains and logistics; trade offs and total system approach; channel structure, function and design; postponement-speculation; selecting channel members; administrative patterns in channels, the evolution of vertical marketing systems; bases of power; channel leadership; conflict in distribution channels; customer service; pre-post and transaction elements; order cycle factors; product availability; costs of service; customer service policy making; service measurement and standards; Parasuraman gap model; performance measurement; direct product profitability; distribution cost analysis; strategic profit model; supply management as an integral part of logistics.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGX9610
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mary Anderson (First Semester); Dr Mulyadi Robin (Second Semester) |
Notes
This unit is limited to students with no work experience.
The overall aim of this unit is to introduce pre-experience students to the range of activities associated with the management of individuals, groups and the organisation. In order to achieve this aim the content will cover several key areas of management. For example, the current challenges facing managers in a turbulent environment, the role of the individual, the importance of teamwork, managing conflict and effective decision making. Finally the role of corporate culture and ethics. Students undertaking this unit should expect to experience a variety of activities in order to challenge the content as prescribed above. These activities will include interactive case studies and application of the theory to 'real' world examples through group presentations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Mary Anderson (First Semester)
Dr Mulyadi Robin (Second Semester)
Students enrolled in courses 1679, 2098, 2643, 3844 or 3848.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Quamrul Alam |
Management implications of major internationalisation theories; the planning requirements in going international and management issues that arise in an international setting.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Tui McKeown |
Examines change management from both theoretical and practical perspectives. Theory relating to employee responses to change and promoting readiness for change. Organisation Development -- characteristics of OD, process models, role of the practitioner, interventions; Organisational transformation -- nature and characteristics, models, strategic change leadership and capability.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGX9600, MGX5960, MGG5960, MGG9600 or MGG9370 or seek Chief Examiner approval before undertaking this unit.
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 0319, 2099, 2778, 1065, 3801, 1506, 2643, 2642, 0028, 3844 or 1822
MGX9720
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Nell Kimberley |
Notes
This unit is limited to students with no work experience.
The overall aim of this unit is to introduce pre-experience students to the context and various perspectives in relation to the management of organisational change. In order to achieve this aim the content will cover several key areas of change management, such as models and frameworks of change; the role of the change agent; change implementation; understanding the impact of change on key stakeholder groups and their likely responses to change; stakeholder communication; contemporary approaches to managing change. Students undertaking this unit should expect to experience a variety of activities in order to challenge the content as prescribed above. These activities will, in the main, include interactive case studies and the application of change theory through group presentations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGX9602 or MGX5962
Students must be enrolled in course 3844, 2098 or 2643 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Andrew Laurence Cavanagh |
Identification and evaluation of the firm's competitive position, its markets, government policies, social issues, emerging trends and key factors which are critical for success in its environment. The crafting of an appropriate strategy supported by structure, controls and rewards.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MGX9600, MGX5960 or seek Chief Examiner approval before undertaking this unit.
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 0319, 2099, 2778, 1065, 3801, 1506, 2643, 2642, 0200, 0201, 0028 or 1822.
MGG9371, MGG9761, MGX9761
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Peter Holland |
Introduction to the field of human resource management. Topics include the strategic role of human resource management, the contribution of HRM to competitive advantage, job design, staffing, performance management, strategic compensation and reward systems, developing employee capabilities and assessment of HRM strategies and practices.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0105, 0319, 2099, 2778, 1065, 3801, 1506, 2643, 2642, 0200, 0201, 0028 or 1822, or seek Chief Examiner approval before undertaking this unit.
MGX9221, MGF5921, MGX9850
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kohyar Kiazad |
In this unit you will explore the main issues associated with communication and critical thinking in organisations, and the factors affecting effectiveness in these areas in a workplace environment. The unit addresses interpersonal communication skills, and examines theory and practice with regard to maintaining effective interpersonal relationships. You will also learn how to improve clarity in thinking and communication by using critical thinking and reasoning skills, to enhance the persuasive quality of arguments required in business communication.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MBA9053, GSB9001 and MGX9001
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jun Gu (First semester); Ms Lara Tolentino (Second semester) |
This unit draws strongly on the expanding fields of positive psychology and positive organisational scholarship, to provide students with a sound practical, theoretical and empirical grounding for developing enhanced self knowledge, self esteem and efficacy, resilience, well being, effective relationships and a high quality of life.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 70%
Examination: 30%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Jun Gu (First semester)
Ms Lara Tolentino (Second semester)
MGX9940, GSB9002 and MGX9002
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Suzhou Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Dan Wang |
This unit looks at international business strategy theories and their application. Topics include the relationship between environmental scanning and strategic planning; methods of developing a strategic plan; corporate and business level strategy; choice of foreign operation and its implications in terms of risk and control; determinants of multi-national corporation (MNC) activity; strategic issues that relate to international wholly owned subsidiaries, joint ventures, mergers and acquisitions and alliance modes; impact of multi-domestic, regional and global integration strategies; and international corporate governance.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 4435, 2098 or 4411 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Suzhou First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mingqiong Zhang |
The unit looks at the ways in which cultural values are expressed in social behaviour and the communication process including non-verbal cues, in different societies and contexts. The relevance of culture to management practices is analysed and illustrated in various national cultural settings. The unit then considers contemporary issues that affect the cross-cultural communication process (e.g.: ethics) before considering the international negotiation process. Objectives, methods of negotiation and ways of negotiating cross-culturally are considered. The unit seeks to impart to students the ability and an awareness of how to communicate effectively in a cross-cultural setting.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 4435, 2098 or 4411 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Suzhou First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mingqiong Zhang |
The unit will provide students with key insights regarding how trade policy is formulated, negotiated and implemented; the economic, social and cultural implications of international trade rules; the pattern of relationships that exists between trade policy and prosperity; and the implications of the global financial crisis for international trade policy. The unit focuses on the GATT/WTO System and Bilateral and Regional Trade Agreements.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 4435, 2098 or 4411 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Suzhou Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Dan Wang |
Management implications of major internationalisation theories; the planning requirements in going international and management issues that arise in an international setting.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 4435, 2098 or 4411 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Caulfield Full year 2015 (Off-campus Day) Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mauricio Palmeira |
The major project will be the capstone unit in the degree, drawing together concepts and applications from all other units.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Permission required
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jo McGregor |
Evaluation of a marketing program is a critical ingredient of the marketing director's role. This unit examines various means of diagnosing, assessing, tracking and evaluating performance and modifying actions to improve marketing operations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 70%
Examination: 30%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following units MKX5461, MKX9160, MKX9550 OR MBA9006 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (On-campus block of classes) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Assoc Professor Colin Jevons (with special guest presenter Professor Leslie de Chernatony) |
This unit will cover customer-based brand equity; brand vision, positioning and values; components of a brand, services branding; planning brand marketing programmes; points of parity and points of difference; implementing and resourcing brand marketing programmes; measuring and evaluating brand equity, its sources and outcomes; building a consistent integrated brand strategy and brand extensions; branding of new products; international brand management; reinforcing, revitalising, and retiring brands; and overall strategic brand management.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MKX9160 or MKF5916 or be enrolled in course 4431.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Kevin Argus |
The unit introduces the omnipresence of sport in Australian society, the interconnectedness of sport and business, particularly marketing, and those factors that differentiate sport marketing from mainstream marketing. The unit will draw on the rapidly expanding body of literature on sport marketing and sponsorship. Students will also be introduced to the most current marketing concepts and their relevance to sport marketing and sponsorship. Students will develop an appreciation of sport sponsorship as a co-marketing alliance.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following before undertaking this unit: MBA9006, MBA5906, MKX5461, MKF5461, MKX9160, MKF5916, MKX5955 or MKX9550.
MKX5241
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Bill Pickett |
Using the case study method this unit provides an analytical framework from which students can explore how marketing strategy is applied to a variety of organisations within the context of contemporary and emerging issues. Students will be taught how to analyse, evaluate and implement marketing strategy. As this is the capstone unit in the Master of Marketing degree course, a theoretical grounding in the earlier core marketing units is essential for students undertaking this unit.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed 48 credit points at graduate level.
Students must have enrolled in 66 credit points and must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 2276, 3802, 3810 or 4431.
MKF5270 and MKX5251
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Joanne McGregor |
This unit prepares students to work in a new marketing environment where new products and services that tackle environmental degradation and social inequity are endowing firms with enduring competitive advantage. It examines the core principles of sustainability from both micro-marketing (consumer, firm) and macro-marketing (society, economy) perspectives and equips students with thinking tools to develop sustainable marketing strategies for private and public firms.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed six graduate units or 36 credit points including one of the following units: MKX5461, MKX9160, MKX9550, MBA9006 or MBA5906 or be enrolled in course 3783 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) Caulfield Full year 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mauricio Palmeira |
A research report in an advanced area of interest applying the knowledge, concepts, tools and techniques acquired in other units in the program to a business-oriented research project.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Permission required
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
This is the capstone unit of the Master of Marketing degree program. The overarching goal of the degree is to prepare competent and responsible entrants to the marketing profession. Accordingly, this integrative, end-of-program capstone unit will help in translating knowledge gleaned from all other degree units (i.e. the academic discipline of marketing) toward the professional discipline of marketing. This will be achieved in the form of "direct decision making scenarios" (case studies), "experiential learning episodes" (simulation), "competitive situations" (mid-term case completion), "learning from academic and industry leaders" (research day, marketing masterclass, marketing breakfasts), and "immersive learning events" (industry visits).
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment:100%
Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 2276 and must have passed 60 credit points.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Samir Gupta |
This unit is designed for students operating in a business-to-business (as opposed to a business-to-consumer) marketing environment. The various approaches the business-to-business marketing are reviewed, including the business-to-business marketing mix, operating in networks, the use of relationships, managing multiple channels, and segmentation of business-to business customers. The focus of the course is on developing strategies for business-to-business markets. The unit features both lectures, and tutorials, where students are encouraged to examine the practical application of business-to-business marketing principles.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following before undertaking this unit: MBA9006, MBA5906, MKX5461, MKF5461, MKX9160, MKF5916, MKX5955 or MKX9550.
MKX5371
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield Summer semester B 2015 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Kimble Montagu |
Topics include the nature, role and scope of sales management; the sales organisation; the selection, recruitment, training and development of sales people; the motivation, compensation and evaluation of sales people; the sales process; sales forecasting and estimating market potential; sales budgeting and profitability; planning sales territories; determining sales quotas and the optimum allocation of sales effort and resources.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following: MBA9006, MKX9550, MKX9160 or MKX5461 before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Yelena Tsarenko |
An in-depth introduction to the critical thinking and planning required in the initial stages of a thesis or research project. Development of a literature review, research model and research proposal.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MKF9120 or MKF5912 or be enrolled in course 4431.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Dominic Thomas |
This unit provides students with an in-depth exposure to contemporary issues in marketing and in particular to the relationship between observed marketing practice and extant marketing theory. Taught in seminar format, the unit requires significant interaction between students and presenters.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MKX9160 or MKF5916 or be enrolled in course 4431.
MKX5461
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (On-campus split block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Harmen Oppewal |
Explores the role and contribution of the behavioural sciences of the field of buyer/consumer behaviour and marketing through critical reading of current consumer research literature and the application of theory to the analysis of consumer behaviour in relation to two competing products. Includes literature review, group project and presentations.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Felix Mavondo |
This unit adopts a very practical approach to introducing multivariate statistical techniques that are currently popular in the analysis of business and marketing survey data. The main topics covered are: a review of statistical tools, factor analysis, structural equation modelling, cluster analysis, discriminant analysis, correspondence analysis and multivariate analysis of variance. SPSS software will be used for problem solving. The emphasis will be on understanding, interpreting and reporting results of the analysis and on the proper use of techniques. Case studies and exercises will be drawn from diverse areas of the business world.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
ETX2121, ETX2111 or MBA9007
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
This unit will examine marketing activities undertaken by organisations with a special emphasis on the healthcare industry. It provides an introduction of marketing concepts and techniques covering aspects like value exchange, development of corporate and marketing strategic plans, product and service development, the use of marketing decision making tools and fundamentals of consumer behaviour.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Samir Gupta |
Traditional business disciplines are starting to appreciate the fundamental challenges presented by the application of technology to their knowledge base. In marketing the most visible agent of change has been the WWW and online transacting which has already revolutionised a number of sectors of the world economy. This unit takes marketing and traditional views of marketing and exposes then to critical analysis in the light of technological change. It explores how marketers can utilise different ways of understanding, creating, communicating and delivering customer value in the marketplace.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have completed MKX9160, MKF5916, MBA5906 or MBA9006 to undertake this unit. Students enrolled in course 3802 have no prerequisites.
MKX5561
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Torgeir Aleti |
This unit will extend understanding of digital marketing, in particular the role of new media. The social media landscape will be investigated, in terms of the tools and technologies, as well as consumers and communities. Approaches to understanding customers and stakeholders through the use of social media will be explored, and various strategies to engage with these stakeholders will be developed. Particular emphasis will be placed on social media metrics, including exposure to analytical tools, and the evaluation and reporting of strategic outcomes.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have completed one of the following: MKX9160, MKX9550, MKX5461, MBA9006 or an undergraduate major in Marketing before undertaking this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Tracey Dagger |
An in-depth analysis of the marketing techniques that apply to service organisations and industries including service design and delivery, customer service, service quality measurement and internal marketing.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (On-campus split block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Peter Danaher |
The aim of this unit is to extend knowledge and understanding beyond that covered in introductory marketing communication theory, and to develop improved skills to apply this understanding to practical and challenging communication scenarios. In particular emphasis will be placed on critical analysis and insights gained from exposure to the literature and professional practice in marketing communication.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have completed MKX9261 or MKF5926, OR be enrolled in course 4431 to undertake this unit.
MKX5641
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Ves Bogdanovich |
The relationship marketing model; 'internal marketing' and collaborative work practices; processes for closing the 'service quality gap' including problem solving and opportunity seeking on an on-going basis.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of the following before undertaking this unit: MBA9006, MBA5906, MKX5461, MKF5461, MKX9160, MKF5916, MKX5955 or MKX9550.
MKX5660
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (On-campus split block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Peter Danaher |
The ability to evaluate and anticipate the marketing department's contribution within the organisation is of growing importance. Increasingly, organisation boards are requiring marketing to provide greater rigour and accountability. This unit explores the use of marketing models and metrics as a means of analysing performance and demonstrating the expected return on marketing investment, thereby enabling effective decision making.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed one of MKX9160, MKF5916, MBA9006, MBA5906, MKF5461 or MKX5461 to undertake this unit.
MKX5741
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (On-campus split block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Jan Brace-Govan |
Contemporary marketing leaders have to engage with diverse and compelling social issues. This is regardless of the sector in which marketing leaders operate - private, public, or civil society. Hence, awareness of contemporary social issues and the role of marketing in addressing these is a critical part of the modern marketing toolkit. The approach will define the marketer's contribution as responsible and effective global leaders. In this unit you will explore various marketing concepts, frameworks and techniques ranging from social marketing to macromarketing and transformative consumer research, which can help develop such awareness and facilitate informed decision making. A high level of understanding of marketing concepts will be assumed.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 70%
Examination: 30%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 2276 and must have passed 48 credit points.
MKX5760
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (On-campus split block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Shanfei Feng |
This unit is designed to provide an integrated approach to understanding strategic supply chain and marketing channel management issues. Managing channels of distribution is a critical strategic activity that can ensure effective market coverage and competitive advantage. In today's global high-tech market environment, with vastly shifting customer needs and shifts in balances of power, it is vital to develop sound knowledge and skills in in the design and management of marketing distribution channels and networks. The unit will address issues in both business-to-business (B2B) and business-to-consumer (B2C) markets.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 2276 and completed MKX9160 or MKF5916 OR must be enrolled in 4431 or 0105 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (On-campus split block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Terry Grant |
The ability to bring a steady stream of innovations to the marketplace is the underpinning of business success. Doing so with a firm focus on customers and emphasis on building strong, memorable brands underlines a marketing perspective on innovation. Such market-oriented innovation has to be pervasive and consistent in an organisation. This unit focuses on how innovation and new product development adds continuous value to organisations for it to be competitive in the dynamic markets. It will discuss the nuances of innovation from a marketing perspective and will provide tools and frameworks to tackle market-based innovation challenges. Students will have the opportunity to gain practical, real world experience through a project. Finally, the unit will enhance your ability to communicate (written and verbal) ideas and solutions in business market environment.
The learning outcomes of this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have completed at least 24 credit points of study before undertaking this unit.
Students must be enrolled in course 2276, 4431 or 0105 to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Terry Grant (First Semester); Dr Mauricio Palmeira (Second Semester) |
Essential concepts in psychology and sociology relevant to consumer and organisational behaviour; essential frameworks, models and concepts; fundamental processes of motivation, perception and learning in individual behaviour; nature and influence of individual predispositions, including personality characteristics, attitude formation and change; the social influences of culture, class reference groups and family; consumer decision processes; diffusions of innovations and fads; links to and organisation/aspects of industrial buying, organisational decision making processes and influences, links and relevance between individual and organisational buying behaviour.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Margaret Matanda (First Semester); Dr Mauricio Palmeira (Second Semester)
MKF9110
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Dominic Thomas (First semester); Dr Stanislav Stakhovych (Second semester) |
Topics include the nature and conceptualisation of research problems; theory building; exploratory and qualitative research; literature and secondary data reviews; data collection methods; measurement concepts; sampling and fieldwork; sources of error, evaluation of statistical and practical significance; data analysis and presentation; report writing; examples of industry applications.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Dominic Thomas (First semester)
Dr Stanislav Stakhovych (Second semester)
MKF9120
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Margaret Matanda (First semester);Professor Hean Tat Keh (Second semester) |
Marketing activities undertaken by business and non-business organisations; value exchange concepts and processes; the marketing concept from a strategic and applied perspective; development of corporate and marketing strategic plans; analysis of an organisation's SBUs, product strategies and product development; use of marketing decision making tools at both an applied and strategic level; distribution, pricing and communication mix strategies; services marketing, individual and organisational buyer behaviour, marketing research and market analysis; marketing management, implementation and control processes and procedures.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Margaret Matanda (First semester)
Professor Hean Tat Keh (Second semester)
MKX9550, MKX5955, MKX9160
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield First semester 2015 (On-campus split block of classes) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Tracey Dagger (First semester); Dr Elizabeth Snuggs (Second semester) |
The uses of advertising, sales promotion, direct marketing and publicity to build and sustain brands, based on knowledge of communication theory, and the institutional and business practices which influence the achievement of appropriate and specific promotional goals.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Professor Tracey Danaher (First semester)
Dr Elizabeth Snuggs (Second semester)
MKX9261
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (On-campus split block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Frank Chamberlin |
This unit covers the history, current practice and potential of direct marketing. The primary aim of this unit is to explore direct marketing in all its guises and to demonstrate the integration of direct marketing in the total marketing communications mix. There is a strong focus on the customer, interactivity, the database, targeting, segmentation, media channels and creativity (and how to evaluate creativity). Essential for students who want to have a comprehensive grasp of marketing communications.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MKX9701
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Steve Worthington |
Characteristics of services, market research for financial services, service quality measurement and management, internal marketing, buyer behaviour and the financial services customer, pricing and promoting financial services, trust and word of mouth advocacy, relationship marketing, and the internationalisation of the Australian financial services sector and the consequences for marketing.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MKF9790
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Karen Lurati |
The management of retail organisations, the application of technology in retail organisations and the application of retail strategic and financial planning. Issues, problems and practices involved in managing a retail operation; the role of the retailing industry in distribution, its structure and its dynamics; retail merchandise planning, buying and control; retail store location, layout, presentation and management; current theories and techniques used in the formulation and implementation of retail business strategy.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MKF9810
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Malaysia Summer semester A 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Nicholas Grigoriou |
This is a practical based business project unit for the students of the Master of International Business (MIB) program. The business project may originate from large corporations, non-profit and government agencies, small businesses, or entrepreneurs in the area of marketing, competitive strategy, corporate finance, human resource or new venture development. The students will select the area of project based on a disciplinary area that they are familiar with (marketing, management, finance, international business or international management) and work closely with an academic staff member and a company staff member. They will be guided through the processes of proposal preparation, data collection and analysis, project implementation, business planning and project reporting. The focus of the unit will be on practical application of the knowledge acquired in other units of the MIB program. Students work in teams of two to three people on a significant business project related to a real business problem.
The learning objectives associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 288 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average six/eight hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 2098 and have completed 24 credit points.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Nicholas Grigoriou |
Marketing is a means by which organisations create value for their stakeholders within pre-determined objectives. Marketing is widely accepted as a means for delivering greater levels of customer satisfaction, profitability, and sustainability within both a tactical and strategic framework. This unit will prepare graduates for the development, implementation and control processes and procedures of strategic marketing management plans for products and services of an organisation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | South Africa First semester 2015 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Hb Klopper |
Marketing activities undertaken by organisations; value exchange concepts and processes; the marketing concept from a strategic and applied perspective; development of corporate and marketing strategic plans; analysis of an organisation's SBUs, product strategies and product development; use of marketing decision making tools at an applied and strategic level; distribution, pricing and communication mix strategies; services marketing, individual and organisational buyer behaviour, marketing research and market analysis; marketing management, implementation and control processes and procedures with emphasis on international aspects of marketing and consumer behaviour.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Undergraduate, Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2015 (Day) Caulfield Full year 2015 (Day) Clayton Full year 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Junzhao Ma |
A major research project applying the procedures and techniques learned in MKF4030. Students prepare and write a report in such a way to pave the way for a higher academic degree in marketing or management or a career in business.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload equals 576 hours per semester
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 to undertake this unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Terry Grant |
This unit is designed for entrepreneurial aspirants. It will help build skills to develop business plans for new ventures. The unit will emphasise an entrepreneurial planning process. Topics covered include: the entrepreneurial process, opportunity screening, team building, the entrepreneurial mind, financing innovation and entrepreneurship, shaping an entrepreneurial strategy, and developing and presenting the entrepreneurial business plan.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Must be enrolled in course 2276 or 4431 or 0105, and must have completed at least 12 credit points of study
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Yunus Ali (First Semester); Dr Yongfu He (Second Semester) |
Non-domestic market opportunities and appropriate techniques to identify, develop, monitor and manage the international environment.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Dr Yunus AliDr Yongfu He (Second Semester)
MBA9006, MKX5461, MKX9160 or MKX9550.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Maureen Griffiths |
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield Summer semester A 2015 (Day) Caulfield Trimester 2 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Maureen GriffithsDr Jasmine Rushdi (Trimester 2) |
The program is designed to expose students to the thinking of some of the world's leading marketers. Students are expected to understand the critical factors associated with marketing in an international arena such as culture, marketing communication, branding, sponsorship, globalisation, research, e-marketing, customer services and retailing. In addition to the standard unit fees payable for this unit, students are required to pay for airfares, transfers and accommodation.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 100%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Ms Maureen GriffithsDr Jasmine Rushdi (Trimester 2)
30 points from graduate marketing units including MKX9160.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Malaysia First semester 2015 (Day) Malaysia Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Paul Yeow |
The aim of this unit is to provide international business students with basic knowledge and understanding of electronic business. This includes mechanism, infrastructure and tools of electronic business, retailing in electronic business, electronic learning, collaborative commerce, business to business electronic procurement, mobile electronic business, social commerce, marketing and advertising in electronic business, electronic business security and fraud protection, electronic business payment systems, electronic business strategies and globalization, and electronic business regulatory, ethical and social environments. Students are to analyse electronic business needs of consumers and businesses across the globe, and use the knowledge acquired in this unit to develop innovative e-business models to improve international business effectiveness and/or increase efficiency. In particular, emphasis will be placed on critical analysis and insights gained from electronic business literature, case studies, project works to solve the strategic problems of leveraging electronic business in international environment.
The learning goals to be achieved in this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MKX9310
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2015 (Evening) Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Evening) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Kimble Montagu |
Marketing activities undertaken by organisations; value exchange concepts and processes; the marketing concept from a strategic and applied perspective; development of corporate and marketing strategic plans; analysis of an organisation's SBUs, product strategies and product development; use of marketing decision making tools at an applied and strategic level; distribution, pricing and communication mix strategies; services marketing, individual and organisational buyer behaviour, marketing research and market analysis; marketing management, implementation and control processes and procedures with emphasis on international aspects of marketing and consumer behaviour.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
MKX9160, MKF5916 and MKX9550
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Sumesh Nair (First Semester);Ms Karen Lurati (Second Semester) |
International retailing, including trends in overseas markets and the development of off-shore retail ventures from an Australian base. Key issues in the globalisation of the retail industry, including cultural differences, economic environments, and demographic variables.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
global retailers
retail markets.
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Mr Nicholas Grigoriou (First semester)
Dr Srinivas Sridharan (Second semester)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Marketing |
Offered | Suzhou First semester 2015 (Day) Suzhou Second semester 2015 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Felix Mavondo |
Marketing activities undertaken by organisations; value exchange concepts and processes; the marketing concept from a strategic and applied perspective; development of corporate and marketing strategic plans; analysis of an organisation's SBUs, product strategies and product development; use of marketing decision making tools at an applied and strategic level; distribution, pricing and communication mix strategies; services marketing, individual and organisational buyer behaviour, marketing research and market analysis; marketing management, implementation and control processes and procedures with emphasis on international aspects of marketing and consumer behaviour.
The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield Summer semester A 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must have passed four units from the following: MPA5005, MPA5006, MPA9001, MPA9002, MPA9003, MPA9004, MPA9005, MPA9006.
Students must be enrolled in Master of Public Administration (Executive) to undertake this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Students must be enrolled in Master of Public Administration (Executive) to undertake this unit.
MPA9001
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2015 (Off-campus Day) |
Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester typically comprising a mixture of scheduled learning activities and independent study. Independent study may include associated readings, assessment and preparation for scheduled activities. The unit requires on average three/four hours of scheduled activities per week. Scheduled activities may include a combination of teacher directed learning, peer directed learning and online engagement.
See also Unit timetable information
Students must be enrolled in Master of Public Administration (Executive) to undertake this unit.
MPA9002
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.
Level | Postgraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Business and Economics |
Organisational Unit | Department of Management |
Offered | Not offered in 2015 |
Students must be enrolled in Master of Public Administration (Executive) to undertake this unit.
MPA9004